Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
CONTRACT BETWEEN AUGUSTA, GEORGIA AND JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC. FOR ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT FOR THE AUGUSTA REGIONAL AIRPORT
CONTRACT FOR ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT FOR AUGUSTA REGIONAL AIRPORT THIS CONTRACT made and entered into to be effective ieette' 1 , 2018 by and between, Augusta Georgia, (the City) a political subdivision of the State of Georgia, acting through the Augusta Aviation Commission (Airport or Owner), whose address is 1501 Aviation Way, Augusta Regional Airport at Bush Field, Augusta, Georgia 30906- 9600, hereinafter called "Airport", and Johnson Controls, Inc., hereinafter called "Contractor", a Wisconsin corporation , whose address is 1350 Northmeadow Pkwy, Roswell, GA 30076. WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, the City is the owner and operator of a full-service commercial airport known as the Augusta Regional Airport; WHEREAS, the City has solicited a bid to construct an Access Control System Replacement for the Airport; WHEREAS, the Contractor submitted a bid for said services; and WHEREAS, the City, on behalf of the Airport, accepted the Contractor's Bid for said services; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises, and agreements herein contained, the Owner and the Contractor hereby agree as follows: The Contractor's Services shall be in accordance with the scope of services and all provisions provided herein. ARTICLE 1 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1.1 The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and labor necessary, and to perform all of the work shown on the Plans and described in the specifications for the Project entitled: ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT Page 1 of 258 Access Control System Replacement and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the Provisions hereto attached which are hereby incorporated and made a part of this contract. 1.2 Definitions The following terms have the following meanings whenever used in the Contract Documents (defined below), or in related documents, the terms or pronouns used in place of them shall be defined as follows: 1.2.1 Airport Executive Director. The person tasked with the day-to-day operations of the Airport. 1.2.2 Augusta Aviation Commission. The Augusta Regional Airport Aviation Commission tasked with the overall administration of the Airport. 1.2.3 Augusta, Georgia or City. Augusta, Georgia's Commission. 1.2.4 Engineer. The Work has been designed by Mead & Hunt, Inc., whose corporate headquarters is located at 6501 Watts Road, Madison,WI 53719, who is hereinafter called Engineer and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2.5 Project. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT; The Project includes but is not limited to: removal and replacement of the existing Access Control System. Also included in the project is the expansion of the new system to include additional facility doors and select airfield perimeter gates. The system shall provide programmable access and security tracking of doors located at the following existing locations and includes general security and connectivity elements: Commercial Terminal (33 doors and 5 Baggage Belts), GA Terminal (4 doors), Perimeter Gates to include gate operators and controllers (6 drive through, 2 pedestrian), Fuel Farm (1 drive gate, new fiber from Gate L), FBO (4 doors and 1 Gate), Duress buttons (2 existing and 5 exiting at TSA), Replace ACS head-end with redundant servers, Replacement workstations (4 total), including one Page 2 of 258 Access Control System Replacement badging workstation. The system shall provide programmable access and security tracking of doors located at the following new locations and also include general security and connectivity elements: Commercial Terminal (5 ticketing doors, 5 IT Room Doors, 1 Reader in badging office, and 1 VIP Room Door, FBO (2 doors and 1 duress), ARFF (3 doors and 1 pedestrian gate), IT Rooms (6 doors), Hangar 1 (3 Doors, 1 pedestrian Gate), Hangar 2 (8 doors, 1 pedestrian gate), Air Cargo Building (5 doors), Duress Buttons (1 in GA, 1 in Admin, 5 TSA Admin). The system work will include the extension of fiber from existing locations and the addition of mesh network topology to the new locations where required for system connectivity. 1.2.6 Airport's Administrator. Airport's Representative shall be the Airport's Executive Director or his designee. 1.2.7 Contractor's Representative(s). The Contractor's representative ("Contractor's Representative") for all dealings with Airport shall be . Contractor's Representative may be changed upon prior written notice delivered to Owner. 1.3 Subject to controlling law, the Owner will refuse to permit the Contractor to use any employee on this job if the Owner reasonably deems that individual unfit to work at the Airport facilities in any respect. 1.4 All Contractor employees shall strictly adhere to Airport regulations while on the Airport premises, including but not limited to Augusta, Georgia, County, and Transportation Security Authority(TSA) and Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations governing access to buildings, personal conduct, and possession of prescribed substances, parking, and traffic. The Owner reserves the right to require the removal of Contractor employees from the Project. 1.5 Design, Standards and Practices. The design, strength, quality of materials and workmanship must conform to the highest standards of construction practices and/or services. Page 3 of 258 Access Control System Replacement ARTICLE 2 TERM 2.1 The Contractor must begin work within ten (10) days of receiving the Notice to Proceed (NTP) from the Owner. It is anticipated the NTP will be issued . The Contractor will mobilize with sufficient forces such that all work is completed within one hundred and eighty(180)calendar days after the issuance of the NTP. Contract time charges will begin as set forth in Section 80 of the General Provisions. 2.2 Contractor working times shall be as designated on the Construction Safety & Phasing Plan sheets in the Construction Drawings. At the Owner's discretion,work times may be further restricted. 2.3 For additional detailslease review Section 80 of the attached Specifications. P p 2.4 It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this Contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality. 2.5 It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the performance of any act whatsoever; and where under the Contract an additional time is allowed for the completion of any work,the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of the Contract. Page 4 of 258 Access Control System Replacement ARTICLE 3 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3.1 The Contractor acknowledges that time is of the essence with respect to the Work governed by the Contract. The Contractor acknowledges and recognizes that if it fails to achieve Substantial Completion of any portion of the Work within the Contract Time as may be extended in accordance with the terms of this Contract, the Owner will sustain substantial losses as a result of such failure. The Contractor further acknowledges that the Owner will suffer damages that are difficult, if not impossible, to accurately estimate. The Contractor shall be assessed liquidated damages as set forth in Section 80, Execution and Progress, subsection 80-08. ARTICLE 4 PAYMENT 4.1 The Contract Sum The Owner shall pay to the Contractor for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, and in accordance with the unit bid prices submitted on July 10, 2018, with a contract price of$649,950.00. 4.2 Progress Payments 4.2.1 Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 90 of the General Provisions but in no case shall submit Applications for Payment more than once per month. Application for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Provisions. 4.2.2 Progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer shall determine, or Owner may withhold, in accordance with Section 90 of the General Provisions. 1) 90% of Work completed as determined by Engineer. Page 5 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2) 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to Owner as provided in paragraph 90-07 of the General Provisions. 4.2.3 Within ten (10) days of receiving each Application for Payment, the Engineer shall either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to the Owner, or return the Application to the Contractor indicating in writing necessary corrections. In the latter case, the Contractor shall make the corrections and resubmit the application. 4.3 Invoices. Contractor shall submit invoices to: Mead & Hunt, Inc. Attn: Chris Birkmeyer 878 S. Lake Drive Lexington, SC 29072 WITH A COPY TO: Augusta Regional Airport 1501 Aviation Blvd. Augusta, GA 30901 Attn: Risa Bingham 4.4 Retainage and Partial Payments. If payment request is approved by the Owner, the approved payment request shall be submitted to the Owner's Finance Department for processing on or before the fifth day of the following month, and payment (less retainage) shall be made to the Contractor thirty (30) days after the date the approved payment request is received by the Owner's finance department. If a payment request is not approved by the Owner, then no payment shall be made to the Contractor until such time as the Owner approves the payment request. The amount of retainage shall be as follows: Page 6 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 4.4.1 Ten percent (10%) of each partial payment shall be withheld as retainage until the value of fifty percent(50%) of the Contract Price, including Change Orders and other authorized additions provided in the Contract, is due; 4.4.2 When fifty percent (50%) of the Contract Price, as described above, becomes due and the manner of completion of the Work and its progress, quality, schedule are reasonably satisfactory to the Owner, and there are no outstanding claims by the Contractor, subcontractors or material suppliers, the withholding of retainage shall be discontinued. 4.4.3 If after discontinuing retainage, the Owner determines that the Work is unsatisfactory or has fallen behind schedule, withholding of ten percent (10%) of each request for payment may be resumed. When the Work has reached Substantial Completion and the Owner determines the Work to be reasonably acceptable, the Contractor shall submit an invoice or other documents as may be required and receive payment thereof within thirty (30) days. If there are any remaining incomplete minor items, an amount equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the value of each item, as determined by the Owner, shall be withheld until such items are completed; 4.4.4 The Contractor shall within ten (10) days from its receipt of retainage from the Owner pass through payments to Subcontractors and shall reduce each Subcontractor's retainage in the same manner as the Contractor's retainage is reduced by the Owner. The Subcontractor shall within ten (10) days from the Subcontractor's receipt of retainage pass through payments to lower tier subcontractor's and shall reduce each lower tier subcontractor's retainage in the same manner as the Subcontractor's retainage is reduced. 4.4.5 The Contractor and Owner agree to abide by all applicable provisions of Georgia state law concerning retainage, including but not limited to O.C.G.A. §13-10-80. If the terms of this Contract concerning retainage conflict with state law, state law shall govern. Page 7 of 258 Access Control System Replacement ARTICLE 5 FINAL INSPECTION 5.1 Upon notice from the Contractor that the Work is completed,the Owner shall make a Contractor during the course of final inspection of the Work, and shall notify the Contractor of all instances where the Work fails to comply with the Drawings and Specifications, as well as any defects the Owner may discover. At no cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately make such alterations as are necessary to bring the Work into compliance with the Contract, the Drawings, and Specifications. ARTICLE 6 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT 6.1 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Section 50 of the General Provisions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said paragraph 90- 09. 6.2 Before final payment is due the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills,and other indebtedness connected with the work have been paid, except that in case of disputed indebtedness or liens the Contractor may submit in lieu of evidence of payment a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner guaranteeing payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond. 6.3 The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturers'guarantees. It shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made and still unsettled. 6.4 If after the Work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer, so certifies, the Owner shall upon certificate of the Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully Page 8 of 258 Access Control System Replacement completed and accepted. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES 7.1 The Owner may, during the Contract period, make changes to the Scope of Work, which may result in changes to the general scope of the Contract and its provisions. 7.2 Written/verbal agreements, changes, or amendments to this Contract shall not be binding upon the Owner unless approved and signed by the in advance of performing work. 7.3 Contractor acknowledges that this contract and any changes to it by amendment, modification, change order or other similar document may have required or may require the legislative authorization of the Aviation Commission or Board of Commissioners and approval of the Mayor. Under Georgia law, Contractor is deemed to possess knowledge concerning Augusta, Georgia's ability to assume contractual obligations and the consequences of Contractor's provision of goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under an unauthorized contract, amendment, modification, change order or other similar document, including the possibility that the Contractor may be precluded from recovering payment for such unauthorized goods or services. Accordingly, Contractor agrees that if it provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under a contract that has not received proper legislative authorization or if the Contractor provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia in excess of the any contractually authorized goods or services, as required by Augusta, Georgia's Charter and Code, Augusta, Georgia may withhold payment for any unauthorized goods or services provided by Contractor. Contractor assumes all risk of non-payment for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, and it waives all claims to payment or to other remedies for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Page 9 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Augusta, Georgia, however characterized, including, without limitation, all 9 9 remedies at law or equity. ARTICLE 8 INSURANCE 8.1 During the term of this Contract, Contractor shall provide, pay for, and maintain with companies reasonably satisfactory to the Owner the types of insurance as set forth in the City Code, and Georgia law as the same may be amended from time to time, and as described herein. All insurance shall be issued by insurance companies eligible to do business in the State of Georgia and Best Rated A- or equivalent. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of the City Code and this Contract, the more stringent requirement shall govern. In no event shall Contractor maintain any insurance less than the requirements set forth in the City Code, as amended. 8.2 All liability policies of Contractor and its subcontractors shall provide coverage that includes, or has the same substantive effect as the following: 8.2.1 The City, the Aviation Commission, and each of its Commissioners, officers, agents, elected representatives, volunteers, and employees, in their respective capacities as such, shall be additional insured hereunder with respect to the products, premises, and operations of the named insured. 8.2.2 This insurance policy shall apply as primary, and any insurance and/or self-insurance as may be maintained by the City, the Aviation Commission, or its Commissioners, officers, agents, elected representatives, volunteers, and employees shall apply in excess of, and shall not contribute with insurance provided by this policy." 8.2.3 This insurance shall not be materially changed, altered, canceled, or non- renewed until after thirty-(30) days advanced written notice has been given to Augusta, Georgia except that only ten (10) days notice shall be required in the event of cancellation due to non-payment of premium." Page 10 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 8.3 All such evidence of insurance shall be in the form of certificates of insurance satisfactory to the City and its Risk Manager, accompanied by a certified true copy of an endorsement to each policy containing the above language. Properly executed certificates of insurance shall evidence the insurance coverage and limits required. The authorized representative of the insurance company shown on the certificate shall sign these certificates. The required policies of insurance shall comply with the laws of the State of Georgia. 8.4 If at any time the Executive Director requests a written statement from the insurance company as to any impairment to the aggregate limit, Contractor shall promptly authorize and have delivered such statement to the Aviation Commission. Contractor authorizes the Aviation Commission and/or the City's Risk Manager to confirm with Contractor's insurance agents, brokers, and insurance companies all information furnished. 8.5 The acceptance of delivery to the Owner of any certificate of insurance evidencing the insurance coverage and limits required under this Contract does not constitute approval or acceptance by the Owner that the insurance requirements in this Contract have been met. No operations shall commence at the Airport unless and until the required certificates of insurance are in effect and approved by the City's Risk Manager. 8.6 The Contractor and the Owner understand, and agree that the minimum limits of the insurance herein required may, from time to time, become inadequate, and Contractor agrees that it will increase such minimum limits upon receipt of written notice defining the basis of the increase. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner, within sixty-(60) days of the effective date thereof, a certificate of insurance evidencing that such insurance is in force. 8.7 Contractor's insurance companies or its authorized representative shall give the Owner thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation, intent not to renew, or material reduction in any policy's coverage, except in the application of the Aggregate Limit Provisions. In the event of a reduction to the Aggregate Limit, it is agreed that immediate steps will be taken to have the prior Aggregate Limit reinstated. Page 11 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 8.8 If at any time, the Airport Executive Director requests a written statement from the insurance companies as to any impairrnent(s) to the Aggregate Limit, prompt authorization and delivery of all requested information will be given to the Aviation Commission. Renewal Certificates of Insurance must be provided to the Owner as soon as practical but in every instance prior to expiration of current coverage. 8.9 The amounts and types of insurance shall conform to the following minimum requirements with the use of Insurance Service Office policies, forms, and endorsements or broader, where applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the wording of all policies, forms, and endorsements must be reasonably acceptable to the Owner. 8.10 Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance shall be maintained in force by Contractor during the term of this Contract for all employees engaged in the operations under this Contract.The limits of coverage shall not be less than: Workers' Compensation Georgia Statutory Employer's Liability $1,000,000 Limit Each Accident $1,000,000, Limit Disease Aggregate $1,000,000, Limit Disease Each Employee 8.11 Commercial General Liability — Occurrence Form. Policy shall include bodily injury, property damage, personal injury and broad form contractual liability coverage with limits no less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) in Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability insurance. 8.12 Automobile Liability Insurance. For any vehicles authorized in writing by the Executive Director to operate on the Aircraft Operating Area (AOA) of the Airport, Automobile Insurance in the minimum amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) combined single limit coverage. If the Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability coverage includes vehicular operations on the Airport, separate automobile insurance shall not be required. The foregoing insurance shall be endorsed to state that it will be primary to the Augusta GA and the Aviation Commission's insurance and that the carrier waives its right of Page 12 of 258 Access Control System Replacement subrogation against Augusta, GA, the Aviation Commission, and their officers, agents, elected and appointed officials, representatives, volunteers, and employees. Augusta, GA, the Aviation Commission, and their officers, agents, employees, elected and appointed officials shall be added as additional insureds on said policies. Said policy shall contain Severability of Interest Clause and shall include contractual liability coverage at least as broad as that given in the most current CA 00 01 ISO form. 8.13 Excess Liability: $2,000,000 Policy must follow form of General Liability Policy and all insurance together for general liability must total at least a minimum of two million dollars ($2,000,000). Any form of underlying and excess policies may satisfy such requirement. 8.14 The Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage as required in the paragraph above shall include those classifications, as listed in Standard Liability Insurance Manuals, which are applicable to the operations of the Contractor in the performance of this Contract. 8.15 Within ten (10) days of the effective date thereof or any subsequent term, Contractor shall provide Owner with certificate(s) of insurance evidencing that such insurance as described herein be in force. Insurance binder letter(s) or a Certificate(s) of Insurance as described above must be sent to the address below with a copy to the Owner: Augusta, Georgia Risk Management 535 Telfair St. Suite 920 Augusta, GA 30901 Ph: (706) 821-2301 Fx: (706) 821-2502 8.16 Subcontractors. It is the sole responsibility of the general Contractor to ensure that all subcontractors working under it have separately procured any and all types and limits of insurance that are required under any and all pertinent local, state, or federal ordinances or resolutions that are suitable for the particular Page 13 of 258 Access Control System Replacement trade that the subcontractor is performing. It is also the sole responsibility of the general and/or prime Contractor to ensure that any and all subcontractors or vendors carry types and limits of insurance not less than those listed herein and that the subcontractors and/or vendors carry and/or procure endorsements to waive all subrogation rights against and name "Augusta GA, its appointed and elected Officials, departments, agencies, boards, commissions, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers"as additional insureds. ARTICLE 9 AIRPORT SECURITY REQUIREMENTS 9.1 Contractor's employees shall be required to operate in Airport's secure areas. Contractor shall be required to obtain the Airport's Security Identification Display Area (SIDA) badges for any employee working in the secured area. Contractor shall comply, at its own expense, with the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) and the Owner's security requirements for the Airport including, but not limited to employee training and badges. Contractor shall cooperate with the TSA and the Owner on all security matters and shall promptly comply with any project security arrangements established by the Owner. Compliance with such security requirements shall not relieve Contractor of its responsibility for maintaining proper security for the above-noted items, nor shall it be construed as limiting in any manner Contractor's obligation with respect to all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations and its duty to undertake reasonable action to establish and maintain secure conditions at and around the Project and throughout the Airport. All employees shall be properly badged and comply with all Owner's safety and security rules. 9.2 Any Contractor employees assigned to work in a secured area are required to be "badged" or a "badged" Contractor employee must escort them the entire time they are in these secured areas. 9.3 To qualify for the badge, individual must be fingerprinted and have a background investigation completed. In addition, the Owner will conduct a background inquiry and require finger printing of all individuals who will be working on the secured Page 14 of 258 Access Control System Replacement side of the Airport screening point. This may also include collection of appropriate criminal history information, contractual and business associations and practices, employment histories, reputation in the business community and credit reports for the Contractor, as well as, its employees. 9.4 Contractor consents to such an inquiry and agrees to make available to the Owner such books and records the Owner deems necessary to conduct the review. 9.5 Contractor shall pay all costs associated with providing SIDA badges. 9.6 Contractor shall be responsible for any fines assessed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or TSA as a result of the actions of its employees or subcontractors. ARTICLE 10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES In order to induce the Owner to enter into this Contract, Contractor hereby represents and warrants that as of the date above written that: 10.1 Contractor is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the state of Wisconsin in which it is organized, is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which it is operating, and has the power and authority to execute and deliver and to perform its obligations under this Contract and the documents to which it is signatory; and 10.2 The execution, delivery and performance by Contractor and its undersigned representative(s) of this Contract and other documents to which Contractor is a signatory do not require the approval or consent of any other person, entity or government agency and do not result in any breach of any agreement to which Contractor is a party or by which it is bound; and 10.3 The execution, delivery and performance by Contractor of this Contract and other documents to which it is a signatory have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Contractor, enforceable against Contractor in accordance with its terms; and Page 15 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 10.4 No action, suit or proceeding to which Contractor is a party is pending or threatened that may restrain or question this Contract, or any other document to which it is a signatory, or the enjoyment of rights or benefits contemplated herein; and 10.5 Contractor has all State of Georgia Licenses and permits required for the performance of the Work and shall only use properly licensed and trained persons to perform such services. ARTICLE 11 NOTICES 11.1 Delivery. All notices given by either party to the other under this Contract must be in writing and delivered by: (i) regular mail, postage prepaid; (ii) certified or registered mail; (iii)facsimile; or(iv)hand-delivery,to the parties at the addresses and facsimile numbers set forth in the Clause titled "Addresses". 11.2 Receipt. Notices sent by mail will be deemed to be received upon deposit in the mail, properly addressed. Notices sent by certified or registered mail will be deemed to be received upon the date of the acknowledgment. Notices sent by facsimile will be deemed to be received upon successful transmission to the proper facsimile number. Notices delivered by hand- delivery will be deemed to be received upon acceptance by the respective party or its agent. 11.3 Change of Address or Facsimile Number. Either party may, at any time, change its respective address or facsimile number by sending written notice to the other party of the change. 11.4 Addresses. To OWNER: To CONTRACTOR: Augusta Regional Airport Johnson Controls, Inc. Attn: Executive Director Attn: 1501 Aviation Way 1350 Northmeadow Pkwy Augusta, Georgia 30906 Roswell, GA 30076 Telephone: (706) 7898-3236 Telephone: 404-840-4616 Fax: (706) 798-1551 Fax: 770-663-1490 morgan.howard@jci.com With a copy to: Page 16 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Augusta General Counsel Augusta Richmond County Department of Law 535 Telfair St., Building 3000 Augusta, GA 30901 Fax: (706) 842-5556 ARTICLE 12 INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS 12.1 Except where and to p the extent caused by the gross negligence of the City, the Aviation Commission,their agents, employees, contractors, officers or, Contractor shall protect, defend, reimburse, indemnify, and hold Augusta, Georgia, the Aviation Commission, its members, agents, employees, and elected officers and each of them, free and harmless at all times as set forth in Augusta, Georgia Code, and particularly Article 1, Chapter 3, Division 1, Section 1-3-8.5, Indemnity and Insurance, as the same may be amended from time to time, and described herein. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of Augusta- Richmond County Code and this Contract, the broader requirement shall govern. ARTICLE 13 PERMITS 13.1 Contractor shall obtain and maintain at all times all necessary licenses, permits and certifications to perform the work described in the Contract. Contractor shall furnish copies of all licenses, permits, and certifications to the Administrator. ARTICLE 14 WORK PERMITS REQUIRED 14.1 Contractor agrees and acknowledges that its employees and agent's employees, as well as any subcontractors or subcontractors' personnel, working on the Contract must be United States citizens, or must be lawfully admitted for residence and be permitted to work in the United States under the Immigration and Naturalization Act, 8 U.S.C. 1101, et. seq. ARTICLE 15 FEDERAL WORK AUTHORIZATION Page 17 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 15.1 Pursuant to O.C.G.A. §13-10-91 and Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10- 1-.02, the Owner cannot enter a contract for the physical performance of services unless the Contractor and its Subcontractors register and participate in the Federal Work Authorization Program to verify specific information on all new employees. 15.2 The Contractor certifies that it has complied and will continue to comply with O.C.G.A. §13-10-91 and Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.02. 15.3 The Contractor agrees to sign an affidavit evidencing its compliance with O.C.G.A. §13- 10-91 and Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.02. The signed affidavit is attached to this Contract as an exhibit. 15.4 The Contractor agrees that in the event that it employs or contracts with any Subcontractor(s) in connection with this Contract, the Contractor will secure from each Subcontractor an affidavit that indicates the employee-number category applicable to that Subcontractor and certifies the Subcontractor's current and continuing compliance with O.C.G.A. §13-10-91 and Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.02. Any signed Subcontractor affidavit(s) obtained in connection with this Contract shall be attached hereto as an exhibit. ARTICLE 16 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT PROVISIONS 16.1 Independent Contractor/Subcontractor Contractor is acting, in performance of this Contract, as an independent contractor. Personnel supplied by the Contractor or its agents or subcontractors hereunder are not the Owner's employees or agents and Contractor assumes full responsibility for their acts. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the payment of compensation to Contractor's employees. The Owner shall not be responsible for payment of Worker's Compensation, disability benefits, and unemployment insurance or for withholding and paying employment taxes for any Contractor employee, or Contractor's subcontractors or its agent's employees, but such responsibility shall be solely that of Contractor. This clause of the contract does not prevent the Airport from requiring Contractor to have its employees follow normal rules and guidelines for work performance, redirecting the efforts of the employees to meet the needs of the facilities, performing safety or from requiring Page 18 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Contractor to perform the requirements of this Contract satisfactorily, according to the General Conditions, Scope of Services, Performance Work Statement, Service Performance Standards and Methods described herein. 16.2 Force Majeure 16.2.1 Neither party hereto shall be considered in default in the performance of its obligations hereunder to the extent that the performance of any such obligation, except the payment of money, is prevented or delayed by any cause, existing or future, which is beyond the reasonable control of the affected party, or by a strike, lockout or other labor difficulty, the settlement of which shall be within the sole discretion of the party involved. 16.2.2 Each party hereto shall give notice promptly to the other of the nature and extent of any Force Majeure claimed to delay, hinder or prevent performance of the services under this Contract. In the event either party is prevented or delayed in the performance of this obligation because of such Force Majeure, there shall be an equitable adjustment of the schedule. 16.2.3 Contractor will not be liable for failure to perform or for delay in performance because of Force Majeure, including the following: 16.2.3.1 any cause beyond its reasonable control; 16.2.3.2 any act of God; 16.2.3.3 inclement weather; 16.2.3.4 earthquake; 16.2.3.5 fire; 16.2.3.6 explosion; 16.2.3.7 flood; 16.2.3.8 strike or other labor dispute; 16.2.3.9 any shortage or disruption of or inability to obtain labor, material, manufacturing facilities, power, fuel or transportation from unusual sources, or any other; Page 19 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 16.2.3.10 delay or failure to act of any governmental or military authority; 16.2.3.11 any war, hostility or invasion; 16.2.3.12 any embargo, sabotage, civil disturbance, riot or insurrection; 16.2.3.13 any legal proceedings; or 16.2.3.14 failure to act by Contractor's suppliers due to any cause which Contractor is not responsible, in whole or in part. 16.3 Commercial Activities Neither Contractor nor its employees may establish any commercial activity or issue concessions or permits of any kind to third parties for establishing activities at the Airport. 16.4 Records and Audit Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain records and accounts in connection with all aspects in the performance of this Contract, including those, which will accurately document incurred costs, both direct and indirect, of whatever nature, during and for a period of three (3) years from the expiration or other termination of this Contract, unless otherwise specified by applicable law. The Owner may examine and copy, at all reasonable times, with advance notification, those records and accounts. Contractor shall maintain all records in a central location in Augusta, Georgia. 16.5 Contingent Fees Contractor warrants that it has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working for Contractor, to solicit or secure this Contract; and that Contractor has not paid or agreed to pay any company, association, corporation, firm or person, other than a bona fide employee working for Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, gift or any other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Contract. For the breach or violation of this warranty and upon a finding after notice and hearing, the Owner may terminate the Contract and, at its discretion, may deduct from the Page 20 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Contract sum, or otherwise recover the full amount of any such fee, commission, percentage, gift or consideration. 16.6 Rights and Remedies The rights and remedies of the Owner provided in this paragraph are not exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this Contract. 16.7 Non-Appropriations Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract, if sufficient funds have not been appropriated to support continuation of this Contract for an additional calendar year or an additional term of the Contract, this Contract shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of the Owner at the close of the calendar year of its execution or if the Owner suspends performance pending the appropriation of funds. 16.8 Assignment Without the prior written consent of the Owner, Contractor may not assign,transfer or convey any of its interests under this Contract, nor delegate any of its obligations or duties under this Contract except as provided herein. 16.8.1 Consent of the Owner Required. Any assignment of this Contract or rights under this Contract, in whole or part, without the prior written consent of the Owner will be void, except that, upon ten-(10) calendar days prior written notice to the Owner, Contractor may assign monies due or to become due under this Contract. Any assignment of monies will be subject to proper setoffs in favor of the Owner and to any deductions provided for in this Contract. 16.8.2 No Relief of Responsibilities. No assignment will be approved which would relieve Contractor of its responsibilities under this Contract. 16.9 Parties Bound. This Contract will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Owner and Contractor and their respective successors and assigns. Page 21 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 16.10 No Partnership or Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Contract will be deemed to create a partnership or joint venture between the Owner and Contractor or cause the Owner to be responsible for the debts or obligations of Contractor or any other party. Contractor must not represent to anyone that its relationship to the Owner is other than as the Owner's Contractor. Contractor must act as an independent agent and not as the agent of the Owner in performing this Contract and shall maintain complete control over its employees and all of its lower-tier suppliers and subcontractors. Nothing contained in this Contract or any lower tier purchase order or subcontract awarded by Contractor will create any contractual relationship between any lower-tier supplier or subcontractor and the Owner. No act or direction of the Owner shall be deemed to be the exercise of supervision or control of the Contractor's performance hereunder. 16.11 Waiver The failure of the Owner to seek redress for any violation of or to insist upon the strict performance of, any term of this Contract will not prevent a subsequent violation of this Contract from being actionable by the Owner. The provision in this Contract of any particular remedy will not preclude the Owner from any other remedy. 16.12 Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations Contractor covenants and agrees that it, its agents and employees shall comply with all Georgia, county, state, and federal laws, Airport Rules and Regulations, and City ordinances applicable to the work to be performed under this Contract, and that it shall obtain all necessary permits, pay all license fees and taxes to comply therewith. Further, Contractor agrees that it, its agents, and employees will abide by all rules, regulations, and policies of Airport during the term of this Contract, including any renewal periods. 16.13 Patent indemnity Except as otherwise provided, the Contractor shall indemnify the City and its Board of Commissioners, officers, agents and employees against liability, including costs and expenses for infringement upon any letters or patent of the Page 22 of 258 Access Control System Replacement United States arising out of the performance of this Contract or out of the use or disposal by or for the account of the Owner of supplies furnished or construction work performed hereunder. 16.14 Use of Augusta, Georgia Landfill Contractor shall dispose of all debris and trash from the Airport will be transported to and disposed of at the Augusta, Georgia Solid Waste Landfill in accordance with local and state regulations. The Contractor shall provide evidence of proper disposal through manifests, which shall include the types of material disposed of, the name and location of the disposal facility, date of disposal and all related fees. 16.15 Inspection The Owner may, at reasonable times, inspect the part of the plant, place of business, or work site of a contractor or subcontractor or subunit thereof which is pertinent to the performance of the contract. 16.16 Temporary Suspension or Delay of Performance of Contract To the extent that it does not alter the scope of this Contract the Owner may unilaterally order a temporary stopping of the work, or delaying of the work to be performed by the Contractor under this Contact. 16.17 Entire Agreement This Contract, together with all of the attachments shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties and any prior understanding or representation of any kind preceding the date of this Contract shall not be binding upon either party except to the extent incorporated in this Contract. 16.18 Governing Law This Contract will be construed under Georgia law, including the Georgia Uniform Commercial Code; all remedies available under that code are applicable to this Contract. Contractor and the Owner fix jurisdiction and venue for any action brought with respect to this Contract in Augusta, Georgia. Page 23 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 16.19 Legal Construction If any provision contained in this Contract is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Contract and this Contract will be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained in this Contract. 16.20 Prior Agreements Superseded This Contract and the attachments constitute the sole and only agreement between Contractor and the City with respect to the subject matter of this Contract and supersede any prior understandings or written or oral contracts respecting the subject matter of this Contract. 16.21 Counterparts This Contract may be executed concurrently in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which will together constitute one Contract. 16.22 Further Acts Owner and Contractor each agrees to perform any additional acts and execute and deliver any additional documents as may reasonably be necessary in order to carry out the provisions and affect the intent of this Contract. [BALANCE OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALY] Page 24 of 258 Access Control System Replacement IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed by their appropriate officials, as of the date first written above. AUGUSTA AVI A ON COMMISSION 0 George -. Sasser, Aviation Commission Chair Attest: ! Crystal JohnsoCommission Secretary JOHNSON CQ.NTROLS, INC. Q et Lii 01-- L.. /1/ "j< z, s "ties /27 - ,-- Sworn to and subscribed before me this t7.491."-day of5usk- , 2018. (...- J 1 s�.0 4111110 otary PublicV My commission expires:( .Us\ i&Q' r PATTY D WIl DERMAN Notary Public-State of South Carolina My Commission Expires AUG STA GEORGI a Hardie Davis .".' ayor / ...0„,„...,..,,0„. Att s - e�"..«.",.,"•% +!!",,, b I sr a ., �,'% neo :;+ � pyo{ �.,� f F /ik � :'rel d- 01 a S , %de ` If -.-f ' a t c� "" i444. I - m c .9% *,. t aig. was N Page 25 of 258 Access Control System Reppaaent nt gg REQUIRED SUBMITTALS d :10 K 0 .1 A Attachment B You Must Comclete and Return the 2 aaa s of Attachment B with Your Submlttat. Document aluetBe Notarized, Augusta,Georgia Auguste Procurement Department ATTN:Procurement Director 535 Tolfalr Street,Suite 605 Augusta,Georgia 30901 Name of Proponent Johnson Controls,Inc. street ss: 1350 Northmeadow Pkwy City,State,Zip Code: Roswell,GA 30076 Phone: 404-840-4616 Po>G 770-663-1490 Emet: morgan.howard@jci.com Do You Have A Business Ucense? Yes. X No: Augusta,OA Business License#for your Company(fit Provide): LCB 19990013200 And/or Your StatelLocei Business License N for your Company(Must Provide): GCC0005097 Utility Contractors Ucenee N(Must Provide If eeollcabI): MUST BE USTED ON FRONT OF ENVELOPE General Contractor License N(Must Provide It malleable): GCQA005095 Additional Bpecslty License 0(Must Provide If scellcabk): LVA206079 NOTE: Company meal be Toted in the Governmental entity for where they do the mgiorlly of their business. if your Governmental entity (Stats or Local)does not require•business sans,please stela above(Procurement we]wady),your company all be required b obtain• Richmond County bushes,lama If awarded a BID. For further Information regarding Augusta.GA license requirements,passe anlecl the Licence and Inspection Department 0 700 7125069. 41st the Stats.City&County that trued your license: Acknowledgement of Addenda:(41)1._:(02) LC :((Ri) (#4� (A :(i461_:(SIB) : r(117)_:(Sf8)_: OTE•CHEd(APPLtCWRIATE B�lEE1-ADO nnrr16NA.N n+aaRa ae AP?LM Aara Stslament of Non.Dlacdmtnatlon The undersigned understands that It Is the poky of Augusta,Georgie to promote full and equal business opportunity tar ell persons doing business with Augusta,Georgia.The undersigned covenants that we have not dea6Mnaled,on to basis of race,religion,gender,nation origin or ethddty,with regard to prime confronting,eubmntracfng or partnering opportunities. partkdpatlon d local and Thi underaignad covenants a'd wow,to mike good Nth efforts to amens make=predicable businesses oh.lhe prtpoeal or mrdrsd awarded by Augusta,Omega. The uderalpud further covenants that we have completed bultduly and hay the ro i ed forms regarding good faith efforts and local Ind business subcontractor/suppler utitatbn. rhe unditianpod further eovenanle and agrees not lo engage In dbalmtebry conduct army type Spinet local small businesses, in comontnly with Agusta.Georgia's Local Sma Business Opportunity Progr m. Bel forth below Is the signature of en of icer of the propaeacfopnetraoPrrg entityth the autrwlty to bind the antsy. TY1t uddahlghed admowledge and warrant that this Company has been made mare of understands and agrees to lake afmmutive action to Rookie such omnpa tea with the maximum eradicable opportunities to do business with this Company; Theft tis tad of ruin-dsobnhdbn as made and est forth herein del be continuing In nature and shall remain In full force and 'effect without Intar ; Pal the promises of non-dsolminalon es made and set forth herein shall be end are hereby deemed to be made es part of and Incorporated by reference bb any centred or portion thereof which this Company may hereafter obtain and; That the failure of tis Company to sal ereciorliy dta heme any of the promisee of nondborhdnaton u made and set forth hweln shall com auta•material breach of contract eroding Augusts,Ouargla to declare Ire contraot In default and to eardss any end ail applicable lights remedies Inducting but rot Smiled to cancaedbn of the contrail,lannbulon of the contract,suspension and debarment born Suture oontrading opportunities,end wt0daldi g and or forfeiture of cunprwton do and owing one conduit Noo-Catluaton d Prams Pr000runt By submission of a proposal,lbs vendor wines,under peniLy of palmy,that to the bail of 4 k nowiedge and beast (a)The pias In the prepood have bean anted at Independently*ahmi collusion.conpeaaon,con.nudoalore,or agreement,for sus purpose of restricting conpeWon,ee to any metier relating to such pikes with any oder vendor orwtlh any cempellor. (b)Unless otherwtea required by law,the psoas*itch have been quoted In the proposal hers not been knowingly disclosed by Me vendor prior to opening,directly or kudseetly,to mother hander or to any campdbr. (a)No atlenpl has been made,or a9 be made,by to vendor to induce any other person,lwmeptp or corporation to submit or not to ental a proposal for the purpose of reetr lhg compels Ion, Colmlore and baud in proposal preparation shall be reported to the Blale of Gargle Mangy General and the triad Stales.bsiloe Department lid 15-241 Amass Control System Repbcameet MO Oust Friday,Arty s,2015 MOD a.m. Pais 5 OM Page 26 of 258 Access Control System Replacement By submission of a proposal,Co responding tbm addles,under penalty of peksy,Thal b he best of b knowledge end bells@ 1.No drou nalarrow diet which owe a Conflict of Interest In performing M cordon requited by gds BID,and 2.Thal no employee of he County,nor any member thereof,not any prbio agency or official affected by We BID,has any pecuniary Ints-eat In the business of The respomding inn or rale sabconsullant(u)has nary briefest that world conflict b any manner or dogma with the peAamd ice rotated b Ns BID. By arhabalon of it proposal,the vendor ailed under penalty of perjury.that to he bat cribs knoMledge and Wet (a)The prices In he proposal have been arrived al kdapardanly without aoluabn,consultation.commualatlone,or agreement,for he purpose of restricting oompaelbn.as lo any metier relating to such prices with any other vendor or with any compactor, (b)Unless othandse required by law,the prices watch have been quoted in he proposal have not knowingly been disclosed by be vendor ere Now aha has been made,or will be made, the vendor to induce any other person,partnership or cooperation to submit or not to submit a proposal for he purpose of restricting competition. For any breach or violation of gds provision,the County shall have the right to terminate any related contract or agreement without tabety end el Its duration to deduct from the price,or otherwise recover,he f rd amount of such fee,commission,percent ge,gilt.payment or consideration. csaltadatAillihilliatimaimard By executing Ifs affidavit,M undersigned contractor varies b compluwe with 0.C.GA §13.10-91, staling elMneltay that the kldiwldud,Ann,or corporation which la contacting nth Augusta,Georgie Boid of Cammbslonere has registered with and Is perlblpang In a federal work auYwdzation program•luny of the Pedrorde vedlatbn of work aWlortzsOon programs operated by to!Ailed Slates Daperbnent of Homeland Security or any equNelent federal work out odreton pogrom worded by the United Endes Department of Homeland Snarly to verify knbrmelon dna*hired employees,pursuant to the immigration Rafonn and Control Aol of 19811 CIRCA),P.L 81103),In accordance with he appltabily prevlalmn and deelnas aahblehed in 0.0.GA 913-1091. The undsrdgvad further apses that,should II employ or contact with any auboontaolor(e)In ooromeslan with be phydcel perlorr anoe of serviw pursuant to Male contact with Augusta,Georgie Board of Commissioners,contractor WI aeon from such subcontractor(s)similar vertna0on of amplenos with O,C.O.A 113-1041 on Me Subcontractor AlldaWl provided in Rule 30D-10-01-.06 ora subslanldly duller form.Contactor further agrees to maintain records of such compliance end provide a copy of each such verSalion to the Augusta,Georgia Board of Corrsrds,bnera al he lime the ohcontrtctor(a)Is robbed b perform such advice. Georgia Law requires your company to have en E-Verlfy'Ua r Idsntlflatlon Number(Company I.D.)on or alter July 1,2009. For addlonel k fora0on or to dal you company,Nal the Btab of Georgia weblike: hIlosJ/e-vwifv usds.00v/enrol/ and/or hnol/www.dol.aule.oe.uNadgruiesr300 10 1.od( **E-Verify•User Identification Number(Company I.D.) 272768 time: E-VERIFY USES IDENTIFICATION HUMMER ICOMPANY LD.)MUST BE PROVIDED;W ADDITION,THE RECOMMENDED AWARDED VENDOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO PRDVIDE A COPY OF WIELAND BECUItrrB BEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDWo(MDU) The undersigned further agrees to submit a notarized copy of Attachment B and any required documentation noted as part of the Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissions specifications which govern this process. In addition, the undersigned agrees to submit all required forms for any subcontractor(s) as requested and or required. I further understand that my submittal will be deemed non-compliant H any part of this process Is violated. 0,,,ii.•r, Johnson,Controls,Inc. r-� l✓,,�,•: �j I BY: Authorized Officer or Agen�J ��(Contractor Signature) Construction Sales ManagerIL;w.1 i I Tide of Authorized Officer or Agent of ContractorDavid McKenzie . „��el• r101 Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent . S4B,SCRIBED AND 3 R BEFORE ME ON THIS THE IL DAY OF J(A.j ,20 (]AJ4., E ..SV.-- NOTARY SEAL otary Pudic re l-h . Mel an My mmisaton Expires: qn/Ak-i IDO ol.44 Kit:,hland 0.4-4 , aW(-h eC kO( 1'(nom, You Must Complete and Return the 2 paws of Attachment B whit Your BubrItIaLApument Must Be Notarized. Rev.2/17/2016 Old 11413 Access Cannot Systea Replaoerneet ad Duet Friday,Ally 6 tela IS MOO a.m. Fete CsfS Page 27 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Johnson '/A ' Controls RELEGATION OF AUTHORITY CERTIFICATE The undersigned,Vice President and President,Building Solutions,North America,pursuant to the authority vested in him by: (i)a Sub-Delegation of Authority from Johnson Controls,Inc., a Wisconsin corporation ("JCP),dated June 6,2017,(ii)an Incumbency Certificate and Delegation of Authority from the general partner of Johnson Controls Fire Protection LP(formerly known as SimplexGrinnell LP),a Delaware limited partnership("JCFP"),dated June 8,2017,and(iii)a Written Consent in Lieu of Special Meeting of the Management Board from Johnson Controls Security Solutions LLC(formerly known as Tyco Integrated Security LLC),a Delaware limited liability company("JCSS"),dated June 8,2017,hereby authorizes: David E.McKenzie Market Director/HVAC Sales Manager (the"Delegate")to perform,on behalf of each of JCI,JCFP and JCSS,the acts described below: To execute and deliver any and all contracts for the performance of work,sale of goods,and furnishing of services, and any other instruments in connection therewith and in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the current Global Approval Authority Matrix. This authority does not extend to: a. further sub-delegation of the above acts absent necessary approvals in writing; b. the execution of surety,performance or bid bonds; c. the signing of any notes,contracts,or any other agreement to borrow money in the name of JCI,JCFP and JCSS, or any form of guaranty for the payment or performance of obligations of any subsidiary,affiliate,or joint venture of JCI,JCFP and JCSS;or d. the signing,on behalf of JCI,JCFP and JCSS,of any deeds,abstracts,offers to purchase or any other Instruments pertaining to the purchase or sale of real property. Any actions taken by such Delegate within the scope of acts authorized herein taken between the date of expiration of any prior delegation of authority and the date hereof are hereby ratified,confirmed and approved as the acts and deeds of JCI,JCFP and JCSS. This authority shall remain In full force and effect through June 3,2019. Signed at Milwaukee,Wisconsin,this 41h day of June,2018. Johnson Controls,Inc.,Johnson Controls ATTESTS: Fire Protection LP,and Johnson Controls , Security Solutions LLC Steven W.Keane Vice President and Assistant Secretary IItZIRushmg Johnson Controls,Inc. Vice President and President Building Solutions,North America J 'f L.Leong Se Vice President and cretary Johnson Controls Fire Protection LP Ll Yn 411.6 Lee Finney Vice President and Secretary Johnson Controls Security Solutions LLC Page 28 of 258 Access Control System Replacement I G :'O R 0 I A I You Must Complete and Return with Your Submittal Document Must Be Notarized Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements(SAVE)Program Affidavit Verifying Status for Augusta, Georgia Benefit Application By executing this affidavit under oath,as an applicant for an Augusta,Georgia Business License or Occupation Tax Certificate,Alcohol License,Taxi Permit,Contract or other public benefit as reference In O.C.G.A.Section 50-36.1,I am stating the following with respect to my bid for an Augusta,Georgia contract for Bid Item 1f18-243 Access Control System Replacement for Augusta,GA Augusta Regional Airport pre Pro/td Maybe and Project Muni] David McKenzie print/Nan Name O'Mara!person applying on beharof buelaers carporoUan,,partnerahtp,or other private entity] Johnson Controls,Inc (Mat/Type:Name ofbmkau%corporrolaq petneretdR aurae:private eMnyl 1.) X I am a citizen of the United States. OR 2.) I am a legal permanent resident 18 years of age or older. OR 3.) I am an otherwise qualified alien(8§USC 1641)or nonimmigrant under the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act(8 USC 1101 etseq,)18 years of age or older and lawfully present In the United States.* 'c14tr in malilnq the pbque representation under oath,I understand that any person who knowingly and wllhJully if 71 and a fictitious,or fraudulent statement or representation In an affidavit shall be guilty of a violation ii of S —14M16-10.20 of the Official Code of Ge ;n.. „. r .�t J<49 a �� _..• ..."--- 0, S ,,,, J t / Signature of Applicant ''`. ..•,,..... David McKenzie Printed Name *Alien Registration Number for Non-Citizens TheSUBSCRIBED D SWORN BEFOREON THIS t O DAY OF a.((A({.5 1 Q� ,20 Q E. A) J Notary Rubric Fa,,-h a �� !) My Commission Expires, q al4 aO(9,' f NOTARY SEA{. Pt otee(THIP ORM M 444 DE O�Ett ARRNED WITH YOUR SUBIWITT AL Rev.5/17/2015 SW u-set Access Control System Replacement Sid don Friday,hdy g 20180 1910 a.m. Pae 7 o9 Page 29 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Johnson Controls 5757 N.Green Bay Avenue !! Waukee,W153209 Johnson � `� 414520-1200 Controls DELEGATION OP AUTHORITY The undersigned,President of Johnson Controls,Inc.,a Wisconsin corporation(the"Company"), pursuant to the authority vested in him by a certain resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on October 25,2016,hereby authorizes: Ashley Alexis,Assistant Client Services Specialist Willis of New York,Inc. 10 State House Square,Floor I1 Hartford,CF,06103 to perform,on behalf of the Company,the acts described below: To execute, seal and deliver, as attorney-in-lhct for the Company, surety bonds forwarded to Willis of New York,Inc.by the Company that do not exceed Two Million Dollars($2,000,000.00)that are necessary and proper in carrying on the business of the Company. This authority shall remain in full force and effect for one(1)year from the date of issue unless earlier revoked in writing by the Company President or any Vice President. Signed at Milwaukee,Wisconsin,this 17 day of August 2017. targe Oliver,President- Attest: **Lit IL A.Heiman,Assistant Secretary Page 30 of 258 Access Control System Replacement THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VAUD UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. The Power of Attorney emits the ads of thaw named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except In the manner and to the extant herein etalad CeNAcda No 6125017 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Olio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS That The Chin Casualty Insurance Company b a corporouorr duly orgarmced under the taws of the Stole of New Hahhpahro that lberty Mutual Insurance Company a a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State at Massachusetts and Weal American Insurance Company is a mrpordon duly organizedunder the lain of the State of Indiana(herein colleclvey celled the'Companin'l,pursuant to and by authority hereto sal forth,does hereby name,constdble and epode!, Ana Anderson;Samuel E.Boum Saykham Chanthasone,Lovina Monique Garcia,Danielle D.Johnson;Michelle Anne McMahon;Tanya Nguyen; Aimee R.Perondne;Brian Peters;Mercedes Phothirath,Jenny Rose Belen Phothlrath,Noah lMelam Pierce;Donna M.Planate;Joshua Sanford; Bethany Stevenson;Eric Slrbe,Jynell Mate Whhehead at of the day of Hanford state of CI' each idldduaty II lens be more than one named.to tree and lawful anon ep-bdacl b make,mane,sed,arimmi wage aid delver,be and an is baba&as surety and es Its an and deed,any end all undertakeps,bonds racognitancea and olhw only abtigadans in pursuance of these presents and shad be as tindep upon aro Commies anti they have been duly signed by the presdent and seeded by the secretary et Me Companies In the&own proper perces IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Power at Attorney hen been subtotal by an authorized offal or official of the Canparees and the corporate seals of Ire Companion have been affixed u,e'etottes lam dayol hrre._.�._._�..__. 2015 , �+ ea r` .:•r, ,.2;,':'--7.7.-..,,,-„,„ �/rI .'� The Ohio Casualty insurance Company es i.r h l 'l Liberty Mutual Insurance Company an 1- West Insurance Company 71 pt . /-7/ a ey, m STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA as David M Carey,Mutant Secretary R _�`m COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY e latch r Mrs day at lune 2016 beton me personally mowed David M Carey,who achnowkdged himself Is be the Asilstael Sevatary of liberty Mutual Insurance aG Ute O Company The Ohb Casually Company,ami Wad Amenirm Insurance Company and that he,as such,being authorized so b 00,aaecule the tamed nq instrument br the purposes >y I 7_ therein contained by sgmzg an bona of me corporations by hmeetl as a duly authorized otter m Y! > IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I hew hereunto subscnbed my mune and arhxed my notarial seal al Kokoof Fkuss.Peonaylvee9.on he day and year Are above whomp YW e 65.a�..l eoMefowwaxnl of rrtwaeYLVANN �� d OS y m F¢ hyo rrrapmalNs"onoypeeyc _. By. ,LC4G/./J Del 7 2 'WON aseen rip swgpmery Corny Teresa Pasteea,Notary Pubic _�. MyConisannFransWRh7.2021 S 41 O �F7 n0" seer mw..0... beOeu e.a r ia,.o a E C fa lion Power of Attorney•s made end moaned pursuant to end by authority of the foaming By-laws and Authorizations of The Obro Casually Insurance Company,V Watt in A Op 33 Insurance Company Went l American Insurance Company which resoWeorrs are now In full face and coact reading as fellows IO . O r-ai Am ARTICLE N-OFFICERS-Sector 1.Power of Attorney My officer oro otofficial of the Corponean authorized for that purpose in wining by the Cnamnan or the Prescient.and skied o e Ts to such Witham as the Cfalmen or the President may prescribe,shall ippon such atlerneys.MFnf,on may ba necessary to act a behalf of the Corporation to make,execute.seal. Z,I C admowledge and debar as sorely any and at undertakings,tends,refagrkrarces and ether surely odigelena Sudo attorneys Tact sub(ecl to the trdadoes set forth m ger respeclr a tp mows of attorney.that ham kit poser to bind the Corporation by their dpnabue and emafon of any such inkuneres and b attack thereto Me seal of the Coporelbn. When to m 5 to executed such Minaret's shun be as boding as.I signed by the President and attested Its by Me Secretary My pony an author*granted to any represeryahhe or e0omerinfecl elder >p42 rho ptovhwm d the snide may be ranked ei any time by the Board.the Chairmen,the President or by to akar or officers warding such poem o awnky. m 7 r v e ARTICLE XIII-Execution of Convects-SECTION 5 Surety Bonds and Ilndetahegs My akar of the Company authorized for til purpose in writing by the dlainraa a Int pmsident, =11 anto s and subjectsuch hard=as the chekman or the president may(mate.that appoint such atbmeys-m-1d he acL as may to necessary to act m behalf e Company Somas,mane e M 3 acknowledge= seal,acknowledge and thither as surety arty and as undertakings,bonds,nragnbantas and other surety obligations Such atomenir-fact subject to the linimkms at bath In their C el?N repetitive i tive ps el attorney.dell hen Meant b bind Me Company by their Inflame and eeoidon d any such isbumants end to mads thereto the sat e the Company When ao u e executed such Insleumerus all be as tinting as M signed by the president and attested by the secular, C Certirncate of Designation-The President of the Company,Wing w pursuant b the Bylawd Ito e Company.aMorcepp es David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary to olnl such ebmeyb-iii- ~ fad as may be necessary to act on bled Of the Company to make,amine,seal,cknonedge and dotter as sully any and at undertakings,Inds,recagniances and alter surety obligations Authorization-By unwomous consent of the Company's Board al Dieclas,Ice Company consents hal berme or nwdunkurOy reproduced*nature of any assisted secretary of the Company,wherever appearing upon a centred copy of any poor of attorney egad by Ins Company m connection with surely bods,sled be valid and balding upon tiro Company with the same force and efed as tough manually arced. I Rare C Lteealyn,the ar,dwwghea,Anemia/it Saatlary,The Ohio Cawatty ksuane Comely-tansy Waal Imams Company,and Wed Anwdcar traumas Company do Weby catty Fal the a lgund power of stoney l with the Itompio o a W Imo end-coned cope of me pourer of Attorney aacuta l by am Connotes in In kJ Wm rid idled and lies not been revoked I-Ts" / IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF!have hemmto set my head and Axed the sates of said Compemes the l/ gay 01 t ro. - x0 yr a,, H 1 i �c :/ /, -(.______, ,' ... Renee C,t Sealey 47 01750 LMS„12513_022017 Page 31 of 258 Access Control System Replacement PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY SUBCONTRACTORS The Bidder hereby stales that he proposes to use the subcontractors listed below on this project If awarded the Contract Please list all proposed subcontractors,trade specialty end dollar value of their work. The Bidder shall obtain prior written permission of the Owner should it choose to add or substitute other subcontractor(s)not shown blow. Subcontractor Subcontractor Work Items Dollar Value of Name/Address/Phone Number Subcontractor Work Electrical.Conduit,Cabling nod Hardware, Symphony Technology Solutions,Inc Fencing and Mlsc Construction Installation 5129.990,00 Estimated Total Cost of Items that Bidder states will be performed by Subcontractors is: • $129,990.00 Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bid Forms AP No.3-13-0011-041-2016 April 24,2018 BF-7 Page 32 of 258 Access Control System Replacement CER ll 1CATION OF PROMPT PAYMENT The prime Contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of Its contract no later than thirty(30)days from the receipt of each payment the prime Contractor receives from the Owner. The prime Contractor further agrees to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within thirty(30)days after the subcontractor's work Is satisfactorily completed. My delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval from the Owner. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors. David McKenzie Name of Bidder's Signature of Bidder's Authorized Representative Authorized Representative (Please Print or Type Name) Construction Sales Manager 07-06-2018 Title of Bidder's Date Authorized Representative Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bid Forms AIP No.3-13-0011-041-2018 AprII 24,2018 BF-8 Page 33 of 258 Access Control System Replacement • LETTER OF INTENT Disadvantage Business Enterprise (This page shall be submitted for each DBE frm) Bidder/Offer Name: Johnson Controls,Inc. Address: 1350 Northmeadow Pkwy CNy: Roswell Stale: GA Zip: 30076 DBE Firm: DBE Firm: Symphony Technology Solutions,Inc. Address: 1059 Triad Ct Suite 11 City: Marietta State: GA Zip: 30062 #i DBE Contact Person: Name: Scott Firestine phone,(770)855-3661 DBE Certifying Agency: City of Atlanta Expiration Date: 07/06/2018 Each DBE Firm shall submit evidence(such es a photocopy)of their certification status. Classification: El Prime Contractor ®Subcontractor ❑Joint Venture ❑Manufacturer ❑Supplier Work Hems) to be performed by Description of Work Hem Quantity Total DBE Security Instillation Cabling,Conduit.Fencing and Dc*s 1 1129,990.00 The Bldder/offeror is committed to utilizing the above-named DBE firm for the work described above. The estimated participation is as follows: DBE contract amount: $ $129,9" Percent of total contract 24 96 AFFIRMATION: The above-named DBE affirms that it will perform that portion of the contract for the estimated dollar value as staled here bo p By: . V r (S natu'e) ( ) 'In the event the bidder/offeror does not receive award of the prime contract,any and all representations In this Letter of Intent and Affirmation shall be null and void. Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bid Forms AIP No.3-13-0011-041-2018 April 24,2018 BF-9 Page 34 of 258 Access Control System Replacement CITY OF ATLANTA SUITE 1700 55 TRINITY AVENUE,SW OIPIC:E OF CONTRACT COMPLIANCE Kasim Reed ATLANTA.GA 30303 Lamy Scott Mayor (404)3304010 Fox:(404)658-7359 Dam Internet Home Page. w sw.atlantua,t eon }.+tinaiw.uce July 6,2016 Ms.Jonni Kincaid Fichtner Symphony Technology Solutions,Inc. P.O.Box 9456 Marietta,GA 30065 ANNIVERSARY DATE:July 21 Dear Ms.Fichtner: Your firm has been certified as a(n)Female Business Enterprise(FBE)with the City of Atlanta's Equal Business Opportunity Program(EBO).Your company's certification will last for a period of five(5)years from the date of your original certification letter.Certification entitles your firm to be included in EBO plans submitted by contractors bidding on City of Atlanta projects. Your company's certification lasts five(5)years;however,it is contingent upon the company maintaining its eligibility every two years through this office. You will receive a notice to submit an Affidavit of No Change approximately six(6)weeks prior to the deadline for submission. The Affidavit of No Change must be completed, signed, and returned to our office before your anniversary date In order to continue your company's eligibility as an FRE. As a certified firm,you are required to notify the Office of Contract Compliance if the ownership or control of your firm changes or if your office relocates outside of the twenty-county Atlanta Regional Development Commission (ARDC)area, Failure to provide this notification, in writing,may result in your fine being removed from the Equal Business Opportunity Register. We welcome you to the City of Atlanta's Equal Business Opportunity Program. Siq Bruce Bell Mayor's Office of Contract Compliance BBfmp Certification#tr 2014.289 Supplier ID it: 1006285 Phone#: (770)973.5502 Fax it:(678)623-5550 Business:Electrical Contracting,Telecommunications Services,Security Services Page 35 of 258 Access Control System Replacement UTILIZATION STATEMENT Disadvantage Business Enterprise(DBE) The undersigned Bidder has satisfied the requirements of the bid specification In the following manner.(Reese mark the eppropriele box) $( The Bidder Is committed to a minimum of 20.0 %DBE utilization on this contract. 0 The Bidder, while unable to meet the DBE contract goal of %,hereby commits to a mirefmum of %DBE utilisation on this contract and submits' the attached documentation as evidence demonstrating good faith efforts(GFEI In seeking participation by certified DBE firms. The undersigned hereby further assures that the information Included herein Is True and correct,and that the DBE firm or firma identified within the submitted Letter-of-Intent forms have agreed to perform a commercially useful function for the inccated work elements. The undersigned further understands that no changes to Ws statement may be made without prior approval from the Owner end the Federal Aviation Administration. Johnson Controls,Inc. Bidders IrsMaras Finn Name l/�"Cl�2j '7/G�zC.i� P' signature DBE UTILIZATION SUMMARY Contract amount, DBE Amount Contract Percentage DBE Prima Contractor $ x 1.00 a ti % DBE Subcontractor $ 129,990 00 x 1.00• $ 129,990.00 20.0 % DBE Supaller $ x 0.60■ $ DBE Msnufactunr . $ x 1.00■ , $ Total Amount DBE 129,990.00 20.0 DBE Goal $ 86,443.35 13.3 1L •If the total proposed DBE psrtldpeton Is less Yen the eatddtehad DBE goal,BlddatProposer must provide voltam documentation of Yu good alt h efforts as required by 49 CFR Pan 29.AP putdpslan wi be calculated In accordance with 49 CFR Part 29 and lb applicable subpsra. Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bid Forms AIP No.3-13-0011.041-2018 April 24,2018 BF-10 Page 36 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Description of Good Faith Efforts If you will not meet the Disadvantage Business Enterprises(DBE)goal set forth In the solicitation in addition to the information Included on the Statement of Interested Subcontractors and Statement of Bid Proposals/Price Quotations submitted with your blddproposal,please provide a narrative explanation of why you cannot meet the DBE goal and the steps taken to include DBEs In your proposal/bid.Describe specific actions(i.e.phone calls,etc.).Please provide copies of any solicitation notices sent,whether by email,fax or mall,and the amount of lime given for response.Describe efforts to follow up Initial communications. Identify the individuals from your orgenkatton who performed these activities.Attach additional pages as needed. I hereby attest that I have exercised good faith efforts to meet the City's federally required Disadvantaged Business gEnterprise goals or this Project.Despite such good faith efforts,I have not been able to meet the E this Prolect. Signature David McKenzie-Construction Sales Manager Name and Title(typed or printed) Johnson Controls,Inc. Name of Firm Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bld Augusta,Georgia Bid Forms AIP No.3-13-0011-041-2018 Apri 24,2018 BF-11 Page 37 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Not Applicable-DBE Goal Achieved CHECKLIST OF GOOD FAITH EFFORTS A Bidder or Proposer that does not meet the City's DBE participation benchmark Is required to demonstrate that It made'good faith efforts.'Please Indicate whether any of the following actions were taken. YIN_ Re 1. fl [J Attendance ata Pre-Bid Meeting,If any,scheduled by the City Inform DBEs of subcontracting opportunities under a given solicitation; Advertisement for solicitation of DBEs In general circulation media, trade association publications,and minority-focus media, to provide notice of subcontracting opportunities. 2. ❑ 0 Advertisement In general circulation media at least seven(7)days prior to Bid or proposal opening any and all Subcontractor opportunities, Proof of advertisement must be submitted with the Bid or Proposal. 3. [] [J Provided interested DBEs with timely,adequate information about the plans,specifications,and other such requirements of the Contract to facilitate their quotation and conducted follow up to initial solicitations. 4. E [J Provided written notice to DBEs that their Interest In subcontracting opportunities or furnishing supplies Is solicited.Provided a contact log showing the name,address,email and contact number(phone or fax) used to contact the proposed certified subcontractors,nature of work requested for quote,date of contact,the name and title of the person making the effort, and the amount of the quoted price tf one was ❑ D obtained. 5. Efforts were made to divide the work for DBE subcontracting in areas likely to be successful and identify portions of work available to DBEs consistent with their availability.Include a list of divisions of work not subcontracted and the corresponding reasons for not Including them. The ability or desire of a Bidder/Proposer to perform the work of a contract with its own organization does not relieve It of the responsibility to make good faith efforts on all scopes of work subject to subcontracting. 6. f ID Efforts were made to assist potential DBE subcontractors to meet bonding, Insurance or other governmental contracting requirements. Where feasible,facilitating the leasing of supplies or equipment when they are of such a specialized nature that a DBE could not readily and economically obtain them In the marketplace. 7. D D Utilization of services of available minority community organizations, minority contractor groups and other organizations that provide assistance In the recruitment and placement of DBEs. 8. D E Communication with the GDOT or the City's DBE Office seeking assistance In Identifying available DBEs, 9- [J Exploration of Joint venture opportunities with DBEs. 10. Other actions(specify): Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bid Forms AIP No,3-13-0011-041-2018 April24,2018 BF-12 Page 38 of 258 Access Control System Replacement • Not Applicable-DBE Goal Achieved Please provide written explanation to any no answers listed above(by number): This list is a guideline and by no means exhaustive.The Ctty will review these efforts,along with other documents,towards assessing the Bidder/Proposer's efforts to meet the City's DBE benchmark.If you require assistance in identifying certified DBEs,please contact the Procurement Department or check the GDOT website. Augusts Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bid Forms AIP No.3-13.0011-041-2018 April 24,2018 BF-13 Page 39 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCE The contractor agrees to comply with 49 USC§50101,which provides that Federal funds may not be obligated unless all steel and manufactured goods used in AP funded projects are produced in the United States,unless the FAA has issued a waiver for the product;the product is listed as an Excepted Article, Material Or Supply in Federal Acquisition Regulation subpart 25.108; or is included in the FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued list. • A bidder or offeror must complete and submit the Buy America certification included herein with their bid or offer.The Owner will reject as nonresponsive any bid or offer that does not include a completed Certificate of Buy American Compliance. CERTIFICATE OF BUY AMERICAN COMPLIANCE FOR MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS As a matter of bid responsiveness, the bidder or offeror must complete, sign, date,and submit this certification statement with their bid. The bidder or offeror must indicate how they intend to comply with 49 USC§50101 by selecting one on the following certification statements.These statements aremutually exclusive. Bidder must select one or the other(not both)by inserting a checkinark(✓)or the letter"X". 0 Bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with 49 USC§50101 by: a) Only installing steel and manufactured products produced in the United States,or, b) Installing manufactured products for which the FAA has issued a waiver as indicated by inclusion on the current FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued listing,or, c) Installing products listed as an Excepted Article,Material or Supply in Federal Acquisition Regulation Subpart 25.108. By selecting this certification statement,the bidder or offeror agrees: 1. To provide to the Owner evidence that documents the source and origin of the steel and manufactured product. 2. To faithfully comply with providing US domestic product. 3. To furnish US domestic product for any waiver request that the FAA rejects. 4. To refrain from seeking a waiver request after establishment of the contract,unless extemrating circumstances emerge that the FAA determines justified. [ The bidder or offeror hereby certifies it cannot comply with the 100%Buy American Preferences of 49 USC§50101(a)but may qualify for either a Type 3 or Type 4 waiver under 49 USC§ 50101(b). By selecting this certification statement, the apparent bidder or offeror with the apparent low bid agrees: 1. To the submit to the Owner within 15 calendar days of the bid opening, a formal waiver request and required documentation that support the type of waiver being requested. Auguste Regional Airport Issued for 131d Auguste,Georgie Federal Provisions AlP No.3-13-0011.0412018 April 24,2018 FP-1 Page 40 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2. That failure to submit therequired documentation within the specified timeframe is cause for a non-responsive determination may result in rejection of the bid. 3, To faithfully comply with providing US domestic products at or above the approved US domestic content percentage as approved by the FAA. 4, To refrain from seeking a waiver request atter establishment of the contract,unless extenuating circumstances emerge that the FAA determines justified. 1. Required Documentation Type 3 Waiver-The cost of the item components and subcomponents produced in the United States is more that 60%of the cost of all components and subcomponents of the"item".The required documentation for a type 3 waiver is: a) Listing of all product components and subcomponents that are not comprised of 100%US domestic content (Excludes products listed on the FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued listing end products excluded by Federal Acquisition Regulation Subpart 25.108;products of unknown origin must be considered as non-domestic products in their entirety) b) Cost of non-dnmr*ie components and subcomponents,excluding labor costs associated with final assembly at place of manufacture. c) Percentage of non-domestic component and subcomponent cost as compared to total "hem"component and subcomponent costa,excluding labor costs associated with final assembly at place of manufacture. Type 4 Waiver—Total cost of project using US domestic source product exceeds the total project cost using non-domestic product by 25%.The required documentation fora type 4 of waiver is: a) Detailed cost information for total project using US domesticproduot. b) Detailed cost information for total project using non-domestic product. FalseStatements: Per 49 USC§47126,this certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration and the making of a false,fictitious or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18,United States Code. 07-08-2018 c� ' / ✓� Date Signature Johnson Controls,Inc, Construction Sales Manager Company Name Title Augusta Regional Airport issued for Sid Augusta,Georgia Federal Provisions AP No.3-13-0011-041-2018 AprIl 24,2018 FP-2 Page 41 of 258 Access Control System Replacement BID FORMS Page 43 of 258 Access Control System Replacement BID FORM (Failure to furnish all requested data will be cause for considering BIDDER non-responsive and may render this BID invalid on that basis.) BID FOR: ITB 18-243 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT Air No.3-13-0011-041-2018 Augusta SUBMITTED TO: Attn:Procurement Director 535 Telfair Street,Room 605 Augusta,GA 30901 SUBMITTED BY: Johnson Controls,Inc. Bidders Ns. 1350 Northmeadow Pkwy Address Roswell,GA 30076 cry,Sims sot aQ Cads 404-840-4616 07-06-2018 Phone/Fax Deb CoapMEed 1. The undersigned,hereinafter called Bidder,In compliance with the"Notice to Bidders'accepting all of the terms and conditions of the"Instructions to Bidders,"including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of the Bid Security;proposes and agrees,if awarded the Contract,to enter into an agreement with the Owner utilizing the form Contract Included In the Bid Documents. Bidder shall furnish ail materials,equipment,machinery,tools,apparatus,means of transportation and labor necessary to complete the work to be performed under the Contract within the time Indicated In the contract,In full end complete accordance with the shown,noted,described and reasonably Intended requtements of the Contract Documents,to the full and entire satisfaction of the Owner,for the amounts contained In this Bid Schedule. 2. This Bidder's bid shall remain open for sbcly(60)days after the day of Bid opening.If awarded a contract, Bidder will sign the Contract and submit the Contract Security and other documents required by the Contract Documents within fifteen(15)calendar days after the date indicated In Owner's Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Bid,the Bidder represents that: a. Bidder has become thoroughly familiar with the terms and conditions of the Bid Documents accepting the same es sufficient to indicate understanding of ell the conditions and requirements under the Contract which will be executed for the Work. b. Bidder has examined the site and locality where the Work Is to be performed, the legal requirements(federal,state and local laws, ordinances,rules and regulations),and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work end has made such Independent irwestigations as Bidder deems necessary. Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bid Forms AIP No.3-13-0011-041-2018 Apra 24,2018 SF-1 Page 44 of 258 Access Control System Replacement c. This Bld is genuine and not made In the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and Is not submitted In conformity with any agreement or rules of any group,association,organization or corporation;Bidder has not directly or Indirectly Induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid;Bidder has not solicited or induced any person,firm or corporation to refrain from submitting a bid;and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for Itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner. dNo member of the Augusta Board of Commissioners,Aviation Commission or other officers or employees of said Owner Is interested directly or Indirectly In the bid or In any portion of the bid or.In the Contract or any part of the Contract which may be awarded the undersigned on the basis of such bid without such full disclosure being made, e. It is a condition of this bid and any subsequent contract entered into pursuant to this bid, and It shall be made a condition of each subcontract entered Into pursuant to the prime contract that the Contractor and any subcontractor shall not require any laborer to mechanic employed In the performance of the contract to work In surroundings or under worldng conditions which are unsatisfactory,hazardous,or dangerous to his/her health or safely,as determined under Construction Safely and Health Standards,Title 29,CFR Part 1518 38FR7340,promulgated by the U.S.Secretary of Labor,In accordance with Section 107 of the Contract W ortc hours and Safety Standards act,Stat.98;that Is further condition of this bid that Bidder shall be solely responsible for the enforcement of such Construction and Health Standards,and that Bidder fully understands that the Owner and Ile authorized representatives will not,assume any liability resulting from the Contractor's failure to police end enforce all such standards. f. The description under each bid Nem,being briefly stated.Implies, although It does not menton, all incidentals and that the pdcee slated are blended to cover all such work, materials and Incidentals as constitute Bidder's obligation, as described In the Specifications,and any details not specifically mentioned,but evidently Included in the Contract shall be compensated for in the item which moat logically includes It. g. The unit prices bid include all applicable taxes and fees. Bids shall 8160 Include appropriate provisions for price escalation for materials and labor including but not limited to increases in federal,state and local sales taxes and Income or FICA taxes. 4. Contract Time:Bidder agrees that: a, The work will be completed within the Ikneframes described In the General Provisions and the Construction Documents. b. Bidder shall commence work with an adequate force and equipment el the time staled in the Notice to Proceed,and complete all work by the date established in said Nonce.Bidder shall not work overtime or on Saturdays,Sundays,or legal holidays except as specifically allowed by the Contract Documents and approved by the Owner, 5. Bid Items a. Payment for Mobilization,Airfield Safety and Traffic Control will be made under the Contract lump sum Bid Item 1.This price shall Include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools,equipment, and Incidentals necessary to completing the worts. b. Costs associated with the overall Access Control system and all emcee points excluding'those labelled INT-Internal Door Grouping In the oE;gJecl plans,we to be summed together under Lump Sum Bid item 2.Cost will Include all labor, access control system Integration,door and access control hardware/software, Augusta Regional Airport issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bld Forms AlP No.3-13-0011-041-2018 Apr11 24,2018 BF-2 Page 45 of 258 Access Control System Replacement network infrastructure, project management and coordination of work at these locations. c. Costs associated with all access points labelled INT-Internal Door Grourrinri In the crated Plans are to be summed together under Lump Sum Bid Item 3.Cost will include all labor,access control system integration,door and access control hardware/software,network Infrastructure,project management and coordination of work at these locations. BID SUMMARY Bid Item 1:Mobllixation $162,487.00 Bid Item 2:(AIP Eligible Bid $399,963.00 Items) Bid Item 3:(Non AIP Eligible Bid + $87,500.00 items) TOTAL BiD = $649,950.00 6, Determination of Low Bidder.low bidder will be determined based on the total bid. 7. Execution of Contract:Bidder agrees that N case of failure on Its part to execute the said Contract and Bonds within fifteen(15)days after the date Indicated in the"Notice of Award,`the check or bid bond accompanying this bid,end the money payable thereon,shall be paid to the Owner as liquidated damages for such failure:otherwise the Bid Security or check accompanying this bid shall be returned to the undersigned. 8. Documentation:The following required documents are attached to and made a part of this bid a. Required Bid Security In the form of a Bid Bond payable to the order of Augusta: b. Performance of Work by Subcontractor List: a Certificate of Prompt Payment 9. Name and business address(mailing and street)of Bidder to which all formai notices shall be sent: Johnson Controls,inc.-ATTN:Morgan Howard 1350 Northmeadow Pkwy Roswell,GA 30076 10. The terms used in this bid,which are defined In the General Provisions of the Construction Contract as a part of the Contract Documents, have the meanings assigned to them In the General Provisions. 11. Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addendum No. Date 1 June 21st,2018 2 June 28th,2018 Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bid Forma AIP No.3-13-0011.041-2018 April 24,2018 BF-3 Page 46 of 258 Access Control System Replacement I 12. The Bidder shall state on the line below,If a corporation,the name of state In which Incorporated and the date of said corporation. Johnson Controls,Inc, Wisconsin� 12/15/1947 Signed this 6 441 day of '�' '/y ,20 1 C'-''' Contractor y I_ , V , - B 111 (Signature of individual,partner or officer ,". ft signing the Bid) 4 it , c-./E/.yi`Ko i r 21. L nsif 0)0tFo,i,e Number ATTEST: Q 1'c f 1 lead OA NOTE: rix‘If CContracTor Ih of Corpora Se Cary should elle Deal i� r ulfe i' Bidder Is a Corporation. If Contractor Is a Partnership, all partners shall execute the bid(add spaces as required). Augusta Regional Airport Issued for Bid Augusta,Georgia Bld Forms AIP No.3-13-0011-041-2018 AprIl 24,2018 BF-4 Page 47 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS Page 48 of 258 Access Control System Replacement TABLE OF CONTENTS Federal Contract Provisions Certificate of Buy American Compliance for Manufactured Products FP-1 —FP-2 Access to Records and Report FP-3 Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action FP-3 General Civil Rights Provisions FP-4 Title VI Solicitation Notice FP-4 Title VI Compliance with Nondiscrimination Requirements FP-4—FP-6 Required Statements FP-6—FP-7 Energy Conservation Requirements FP-7 Federal Fair Labor Standards Act(Federal Minimum Wage) FP-7 Lobbying and Influencing Federal Employees FP-7—FP-8 Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 FP-8 Rights to Inventions FP-8 Trade Restriction Clause FP-8—FP-9 Veteran's Preference FP-9 Copeland "Anti-Kickback"Act FP-9—FP-10 Davis Bacon Requirements FP-10—FP-1 5 Equal Employment Opportunity FP-15— FP-16 Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications FP-16—FP-20 Prohibition of Segregated Facilities FP-20 Termination for Convenience FP-20— FP-21 Termination for Default (Construction) FP-21 Certificate Regarding Debarment and Suspension (Bidder or Offerer) FP-21 Certificate Regarding Debarment and Suspension (Successful Bidder Regarding Lower Tier Participants) FP-21 Breach of Contract Terms FP-21 — FP-22 Clean Air and Water Pollution Control FP-22 Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act Requirements FP-22—FP-23 Texting When Driving FP-23 Page 49 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Procurement of Recovered Materials FP-23 Wage Rate Determination FP-23—FP-28 General Provisions Section 10- Definition of Terms GP-1 —GP-5 Section 20—Bid Requirements and Conditions GP-6—GP-10 Section 30—Awards and Execution of Contract GP-11 —GP-13 Section 40-Scope of Work GP-14—GP-17 Section 50-Control of Work GP-18—GP-26 Section 60-Control of Materials GP-27—GP-31 Section 70- Legal Regulations and Responsibility to Public GP-32—GP-40 Section 80- Execution and Progress GP-41 —GP-48 Section 90- Measurement and Payment GP-49—GP-58 Section 105-Mobilization GP-59—GP-60 Supplemental Provisions SP-10 Airport Safety and Security Requirements SP-1 —SP-17 FAA Standard Technical Specifications P-100 Mobilization P-100-1 —P-100-3 F-162 Chain Link Fence P-162-1 —P-162-5 T-901 Seeding T-901-1 —T-901-5 AIA Standard Technical Specifications 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 30 00-1 —03 30 00-19 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 71 00-1 —08 71 00-29 27 05 00 Common Work Results for Communications Systems 27 05 00-1 —27 05 00-10 27 05 50 Common Infrastructure 27 05 50-1 —27 05 50-17 27 10 00 Structured Cabling System 27 10 00-1 —27 10 00-21 27 20 00 Data Communications Active Equipment 27 20 00-1 —27 20 00-3 28 10 00 Access Control System 28 10 00-1 —28 10 00-21 Page 50 of 258 Access Control System Replacement ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS The Contractor must maintain an acceptable cost accounting system. The Contractor agrees to provide the Owner,the Federal Aviation Administration, and the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their duly authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purpose of making audit,examination,excerpts and transcriptions.The Contractor shall maintain all books, records and reports required under this contract for a period of not less than three (3) years after final payment is made and all pending matters are closed. NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION 1. The Contractor's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications"set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables Goals for minority participation for each trade 27.2% Goals for female participation in each trade 6.9% These goals are applicable to all of the Contractor's construction work(whether or not it is Federal or federally-assisted)performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and non-federally involved construction. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training shall be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects.The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project, for the sole of meeting the Contractor's goals, shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director, OFCCP, within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract . The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. Page 51 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 4. As used in this notice and in the contract, the"covered area" is the City of Augusta, Richmond County, Georgia. GENERAL CIVIL RIGHTS PROVISIONS The Contractor agrees to comply with pertinent statues, Executive Orders and such rules as are promulgated to ensure that no person shall, on the grounds od race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal Assistance. This provision binds the Contractor and subcontractors from the bid solicitation period through the completion of the contract. This provision is in addition to that required by Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. TITLE VI SOLICITATION NOTICE The Augusta Airport Commission, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all Contractors that it will affirmatively ensure that any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation for bids and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap in consideration for an award. TITLE VI COMPLIANCE WITH NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest(hereinafter referred to as the"contractor") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor (hereinafter includes consultants or subcontractors) will comply with the Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Statutes and Authorities, as they may be amended from time to time, which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 1. Non-discrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, will not discriminate on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor will not participate directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by the Acts and the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers any activity, project, or program set forth in Appendix B of 49 CFR part 21. 2. Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations, either by competitive bidding, or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials, or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier will be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Acts and the Regulations relative to Non-discrimination on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap. Page 52 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 3. Information and Reports: The Contractor will provide all information and reports required by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant thereto and will permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Owner or the Federal Aviation Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Acts, Regulations, and instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish the information, the Contractor will so certify to the Owner or the Federal Aviation Administration, as appropriate, and will set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 4. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of a Contractor's noncompliance with the Non-discrimination provisions of this contract, the Owner will impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Aviation Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: a. Withholding payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies; and/or b. Cancelling, terminating, or suspending a contract, in whole or in part. 5. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs one through six in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Acts, the Regulations and directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor will take action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Owner or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation by a subcontractor, or supplier because of such direction,the Contractor may request the Owner to enter into any litigation to protect the interests of the sponsor. In addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor') agrees to comply with the following non- discrimination statutes and authorities; including but not limited to: • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.G. § 2000d et seq., 78 stat. 252), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin); • 49 CFR part 21 (Non-discrimination In Federally-Assisted Programs of The Department of Transportation—Effectuation of Title VI of The Civil Rights Act of 1964); • The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (42 U.S.C. §4601), (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property has been acquired because of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects); • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (29 U.S.C. §794 et seq.), as amended, (prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CFR part 27; • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, (42 U.S.C. §6101 et seq.), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of age); Page 53 of 258 Access Control System Replacement • Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, (49 USC §471, Section 47123), as amended, (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex); • The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987, (PL 100-209), (Broadened the scope, coverage and applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of the terms "programs or activities"to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid recipients, sub-recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not); • Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation systems, places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 U.S.C. §§ 12131 — 12189) as implemented by Department of Transportation regulations at 49 CFR parts 37 and 38; • The Federal Aviation Administration's Non-discrimination statute (49 U.S.C. §47123) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex); • Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, which ensures non-discrimination against minority populations by discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority and low-income populations; • Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency, and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination includes discrimination because of limited English proficiency (LEP). To ensure compliance with Title VI, you must take reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access to your programs(70 Fed. Reg. at 74087 to 74100); • Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from discriminating because of sex in education programs or activities (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq). REQUIRED STATEMENTS Information Submitted as a Matter of Contractor Responsiveness: The Owner's award of this contract is conditioned upon Contractor satisfying the good faith effort requirements of 49 CFR 26.53. As a condition of bid responsiveness, the Contractor must submit the following information with its proposal on the forms provided herein: 1) The names and address of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) firms that will participate in the contract; 2) A description of the work that each DBE firm will perform; 3) The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm listed under(1) 4) Written statement from Contractor that attests their commitment to use the DBE firm(s) listed under(1)to meet the Owner's project goal; and Page 54 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 5) If Contractor cannot meet the advertised project DBE goal, evidence of good faith efforts undertaken by the Contractor as described in appendix A to 49 CFR part 26. Information Submitted as a Matter of Contractor Responsibility The Owner's award of this contract is conditioned upon Contractor satisfying the good faith effort requirements of 49 CFR 26.53. The successful Contractor must provide written confirmation of participation from each of the DBE firms the Contractor lists in its commitment within five days after bid opening. 1) The names and addresses of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) firms that will participate in the contract; 2) A description of the work that each DBE firm will perform; 3) The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm listed under(1) 4) Written statement from Contractor that attests their commitment to use the DBE firm(s) listed under(1)to meet the Owner's project goal; and 5) If Contractor cannot meet the advertised project DBE goal, evidence of good faith efforts undertaken by the Contractor as described in appendix A to 49 CFR part 26. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency that are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act(42 U.S.C. 6201 et seq). FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT(FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGE) All contracts and subcontracts shall incorporate the following provisions by reference, with the same force and effect as if given in full text. The Contractor has full responsibility to monitor compliance to the referenced statute or regulation. The Contractor must address any claims or disputes that pertain to a referenced requirement directly with the Federal Agency with enforcement responsibilities. Requirement Federal Agency with Enforcement Responsibilities Federal Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S. Department of Labor—Wage and USC 201) Hour Division LOBBYING AND INFLUENCING FEDERAL EMPLOYEES The Contractor certifies by signing and submitting this bid, and executing this Contract, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief,that: 1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the Contractor,to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee Page 55 of 258 Access Control System Replacement of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub-grants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all sub- recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into.Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970 All Contracts and subcontracts shall incorporate the following provisions by reference, with the same force and effect as if given in full text. Contractor must provide a work environment that is free from recognized hazards that may cause death or serious physical harm to the employee. The Contractor retains full responsibility to monitor its compliance and their subcontractor's compliance with the applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (20 CFR Part 1910). Contractor must address any claims or disputes that pertain to a referenced requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor — Occupational Safety and Health Administration. RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS Contracts or agreements that include the performance of experimental, developmental, or research work must provide for the rights of the Federal Government and the Owner in any resulting invention as established by 37 CFR part 401, Rights to Inventions Made by Non-profit Organizations and Small Business Firms under Government Grants, Contracts, and Cooperative Agreements. This contract incorporates by reference the patent and inventions rights as specified within in the 37 CFR §401.14. Contractor must include this requirement in all sub-tier contracts involving experimental, developmental or research work. Page 56 of 258 Access Control System Replacement TRADE RESTRICTION CLAUSE By submission of an offer,the Contractor certifies that with respect to this contract,the Contractor a. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (U.S.T.R.); b. has not knowingly entered into any contract or subcontract for this project with a person that is a citizen or national of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by the U.S.T.R; and c. has not entered into any subcontract for any product to be used on the Federal on the project that is produced in a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, United States Code, Section 1001. The Contractor must provide immediate written notice to the Owner if the Contractor learns that its certification or that of a subcontractor was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. The Contractor must require subcontractors provide immediate written notice to the Contractor if at any time it learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. Unless the restrictions of this clause are waived by the Secretary of Transportation in accordance with 49 CFR 30.17, no contract shall be awarded to a Contractor or subcontractor: (1) who is owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the U.S.T.R. or (2) whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list or (3) who incorporates in the public works project any product of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list; Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith,the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. The Contractor agrees that, if awarded a contract , it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in in all lower tier subcontracts. The contractor may rely on the certification of a prospective subcontractor that it is not a firm from a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by U.S.T.R, unless the Contractor has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making an award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Owner or the FAA. VETERAN'S PREFERENCE In the employment of labor (excluding executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), the contractor and all sub-tier contractors must give preference to covered veterans as defined within Title 49 United States Code Section 47112. Covered veterans include Vietnam-era veterans, Persian Gulf veterans, Afghanistan-Iraq war veterans, disabled veterans, and small business concerns (as defined by 15 U.S.C. 632) owned and controlled by disabled veterans. This Page 57 of 258 Access Control System Replacement preference only applies when there are covered veterans readily available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. COPELAND "ANTI-KICKBACK"ACT Contractor must comply with the requirements of the Copeland "Anti-Kickback" Act (18 U.S.C. 874 and 40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulation 29 CFR part 3. Contractor and subcontractors are prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed on the project to give up any part of the compensation to which the employee is entitled. The Contractor and each Subcontractor must submit to the Owner, a weekly statement on the wages paid to each employee performing on covered work during the prior week. Owner must report any violations of the Act to the Federal Aviation Administration. DAVIS BACON REQUIREMENTS 1. Minimum Wages (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account(except such payroll deductions as are permitted by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalent thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under(1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can easily be seen by the workers. (ii)(A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and Page 58 of 258 Access Control System Replacement (2)The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate(including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor,Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate(including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate),the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(ii) (B) or(C) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account asset for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2 Withholding. The Federal Aviation Administration or the Owner shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime Contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required Page 59 of 258 Access Control System Replacement by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the FAA may, after written notice to the Contractor, Owner, or applicant, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 3. Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in I(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable,that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A)The Contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the FAA if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the Contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant or Owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the FAA. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g. ,the last four digits of the employee's social security number).The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the FAA if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the Contractor will submit them to the applicant or Owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the FAA, the Contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime Contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime Contractor for its own records,without weekly submission to the sponsoring government agency (or the applicant, or Owner). (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: Page 60 of 258 Access Control System Replacement (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under § 5.5(a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under § 5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (2)That each laborer and mechanic(including each helper, apprentice and trainee)employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned,without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D)The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (iii)The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph(3)(i)of this section available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the Owner, the FAA or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the Contractor, applicant, or Owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and Trainees. (i)Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency(where appropriate)to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing Page 61 of 258 Access Control System Replacement construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration.The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program,the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. 5. Compliance with the Copeland Act Requirements. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the FAA may by appropriate instructions Page 62 of 258 Access Control System Replacement require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. 7. Contract Termination: Debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in paragraph 1 through 10 of this section may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor(or any of its subcontractors)and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of Eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. Page 63 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 3. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4.The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to its books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 6. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedure authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965,and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provision, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 1. As used in these specifications: Page 64 of 258 Access Control System Replacement a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director"means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs(OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; d. "Minority" includes: (1) Black (all) persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (3) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (4) American Indian or Alaskan native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in this contract. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables)shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors shall be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4.The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 18.7a through 18.7p of these specifications. The goals set forth in this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in a geographical area where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246 or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Page 65 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 6. In order for the non-working training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees shall be employed by the Contractor during the training period and the Contractor shall have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees shall be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other onsite supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source, or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or female sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually,the Contractor's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, or other employment decisions including specific Page 66 of 258 Access Control System Replacement review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such a superintendents, general foremen,etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female, and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable provide after school, summer, and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisor's adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations, which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through 7p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor union, contractor community, or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through 7p of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. Page 67 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non- minority. Consequently, if the particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the contractor has achieved its goals for women generally,) the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized. 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination, and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 18.7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company's EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government, and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee,the name, address,telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractor shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents(e.g.,those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). PROHIBITION of SEGREGATED FACILITIES Page 68 of 258 Access Control System Replacement (a) The Contractor agrees that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Contractor agrees that a breach of this clause is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. (b) "Segregated facilities," as used in this clause, means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas,time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees, that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin because of written or oral policies or employee custom. The term does not include separate or single-user rest rooms or necessary dressing or sleeping areas provided to assure privacy between the sexes. (c) The Contractor shall include this clause in every subcontract and purchase order that is subject to the Equal Opportunity clause of this contract. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE The Owner may terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time by providing written notice to the Contractor. Such action may be without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner. Upon receipt of a written notice of termination, except as explicitly directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with the following obligations regardless of any delay in determining or adjusting amounts due under this clause: 1. Contractor must immediately discontinue work as specified in the written notice. 2. Terminate all subcontracts to the extent they relate to the work terminated under the notice. 3. Discontinue orders for materials and services except as directed by the written notice. 4. Deliver to the owner all fabricated and partially fabricated parts, completed and partially completed work, supplies, equipment and materials acquired prior to termination of the work and as directed in the written notice. 5. Complete performance of the work not terminated by the notice. 6. Take action as directed by the owner to protect and preserve property and work related to this contract that Owner will take possession. Owner agrees to pay Contractor for: a) completed and acceptable work executed in accordance with the contract documents prior to the effective date of termination; documented expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing work and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the contract documents in connection with uncompleted work; reasonable and substantiated claims, costs and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors and Suppliers; and reasonable and substantiated expenses to the contractor directly attributable to Owner's termination action Owner will not pay Contractor for loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from the Owner's termination action. The rights and remedies this clause provides are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. Page 69 of 258 Access Control System Replacement TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT(CONSTRUCTION) Section 80-09 of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10 establishes conditions, rights and remedies associated with Owner termination of this contract due default of the Contractor. CERTIFICATE REGARDING DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (CONTRACTOR ) Contractor certifies that at the time it submits its bid that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred or suspended by any Federal department or agency from participation in this transaction. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (SUCCESSFUL CONTRACTOR REGARDING LOWER TIER PARTICIPANTS) The Contractor, by administering each lower tier subcontract that exceeds$25,000 as a"covered transaction", must verify each lower tier participant of a"covered transaction" under thejroect is P not presently debarred or otherwise disqualified from participation in this federally assisted project. The Contractor will accomplish this by: 1. Checking the System for Award Management at website: http:/lwww.sam.gov 2. Collecting a certification statement similar to the Certificate Regarding Debarment and Suspension (Contractor), above. 3. Inserting a clause or condition in the covered transaction with the lower tier contract If the FM later determines that a lower tier participant failed to tell a higher tier that it was excluded or disqualified at the time it entered the covered transaction, the FAA may pursue any available remedy, including suspension and debarment of the non-compliant participant. BREACH OF CONTRACT TERMS Any violation or breach of the terms of this contract on the part of the Contractor or subcontractor may result in the suspension or termination of this contract or such other action which may be necessary to enforce the rights of the parties under this contract. Owner will provide Contractor written notice that describes the nature of the breach and corrective actions the Contractor must undertake in order to avoid termination of the contract. Owner reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractor until such time the Contractor corrects the breach or the Owner elects to terminate the contract. The Owner's notice will identify a specific date by which the Contractor must correct the breach. Owner may proceed with termination of the contract if the contractor fails to correct the breach by deadline indicated in the Owner's notice. The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder are in addition to, and not a limitation of, any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. Page 70 of 258 Access Control System Replacement CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, and regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act(42 U.S.C. §740-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. § 1251-1387). The Contractor agrees to report any violation to the Owner immediately upon discovery. The Owner assumes responsibility for notifying the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Federal Aviation Administration. Contractor must include this requirement in all subcontracts that exceeds $150,000. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT REQUIREMENTS 1. Overtime Requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this clause, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory,to such District or to such territory),for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this clause, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this clause. 3. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)or the Owner shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 2 of this clause. 4. Subcontractors. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs(1)through (4)and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any Page 71 of 258 Access Control System Replacement subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this clause. TEXTING WHEN DRIVING In accordance with Executive Order 13513, "Federal Leadership on Reducing Text Messaging While Driving"(10/1/2009)and DOT Order 3902.10"Text Messaging While Driving"(12/30/2009), FAA encourages recipients of Federal grant funds to adopt and enforce safety policies that decrease crashes by distracted drivers, including policies to ban text messaging while driving when performing work related to a grant or sub-grant. In support of this initiative, the Owner encourages the Contractor to promote policies and initiatives for its employees and other work personnel that decrease crashes by distracted drivers, including policies that ban text messaging while driving motor vehicles while performing work activities associated with the project. The Contractor must include the substance of this clause in all sub-tier contracts exceeding $3,500 and involve driving a motor vehicle in performance of work activities associated with the project. PROCUREMENT OF RECOVERED MATERIALS Contractor and subcontractor agree to comply with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR Part 247. In the performance of this contract and to the extent practicable,the Contractor and subcontractors are to use of products containing the highest percentage of recovered materials for items designated by the Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) under 40 CFR Part 247 whenever: a) The contract requires procurement of$10,000 or more of a designated item during the fiscal year; or, b) The contractor has procured $10,000 or more of a designated item using Federal funding during the previous fiscal year. The list of EPA-designated items is available at www.epa.gov/epawaste/conserve/tools/cpg/products/. Section 6002(c) establishes exceptions to the preference for recovery of EPA-designated products if the contractor can demonstrate the item is: a) Not reasonably available within a timeframe providing for compliance with the contract performance schedule; b) Fails to meet reasonable contract performance requirements; or c) Is only available at an unreasonable price. WAGE RATE DETERMINATION General Decision Number: GA180165 01/12/2018 GA165 Superseded General Decision Number: GA20170165 Page 72 of 258 Access Control System Replacement State: Georgia Construction Type: Building County: Richmond County in Georgia. Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.35 for calendar year 2018 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.35 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2018. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above-mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/05/2018 1 01/12/2018 BOI L0026-001 01/01/2013 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER $ 24.91 19.69 * ELEV0032-001 01/01/2018 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC $40.08 32.645 PAID HOLIDAYS: a. New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. b. Employer contributes 8% of regular hourly rate to vacation pay credit for employee who has worked in business more than 5 years; 6% for less than 5 years' service. ENGI0474-003 07/01/2017 Page 73 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator, Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader, Bulldozer, Forklift (under 15 tons), and Loader $ 25.02 13.83 Crane (over 10 tons) and Forklift (15 tons and over).$ 26.85 13.83 Crane (over 120 tons) $ 27.85 13.83 Crane (over 250 tons) $ 28.85 13.83 Oiler $ 22.68 13.83 P LU M0150-006 10/01/2017 Rates Fringes PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER $ 24.88 14.36 SHEE0085-013 07/01/2017 Rates Fringes SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only) $ 29.78 12.31 SUGA2012-072 08/11/2012 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER $ 16.00 0.00 CARPENTER, Includes Drywall Hanging and Metal Stud Installation $ 15.29 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 16.58 0.00 DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER $ 17.00 0.00 ELECTRICIAN $ 19.72 3.79 HVAC MECHANIC (Installation of HVAC Unit Only, Excludes Page 74 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Installation of HVAC Pipe and Duct) $ 18.00 3.89 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 17.94 0.00 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL $ 20.00 0.35 LABORER: Common or General $ 10.18 0.32 LABORER: Mason Tender- Brick...$ 9.00 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer $ 12.00 0.23 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade $ 17.52 0.00 PAINTER: Brush, Roller and Spray $ 16.00 1.62 ROOFER, Excludes Installation of Metal Roofs $ 10.27 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER (Metal Roofs Installation) $ 22.40 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct and Metal Roof Installation $ 22.40 0.00 TILE FINISHER $ 10.31 0.00 TILE SETTER $ 19.50 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck $ 12.70 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Lowboy Truck $ 17.41 0.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every Page 75 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee)who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of,domestic violence,sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of"identifiers"that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate(weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four-letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU"or"UAVG"denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement(CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are Page 76 of 258 Access Control System Replacement survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Page 77 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action)can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION Page 78 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the Contract, or in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 Access road. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 Advertisement. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 Airport Improvement Program (AIP). A grant-in-aid program administered by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). 10-05 Air operations area (AOA). For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area (AOA) shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 Airport. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights of way; and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas, and includes a heliport. 10-07 ASTM International (ASTM). Formerly known as the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 10-08 Award. The Owner's notice to the successful Contractor of the acceptance of the submitted bid. 10-09 Contractor. Any individual, partnership,firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 Bid. The written offer of the Contractor(when submitted on the approved bid form)to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-11 Bid guaranty. The security furnished with a bid to guarantee that the Contractor will enter into a contract if his or her bid is accepted by the owner. 10-12 Building area. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-13 Calendar day. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-14 Change order. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, must be within the scope of the contract. 10-15 Contract. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: Advertisement, Contract Form, Bid, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, any required insurance certificates, Specifications, Plans, and any addenda issued to Contractor. Page 79 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-100(7/21/2014) 10-16 Contract item (pay item). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-17 Contract time. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-18 Contractor. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-19 Contractor's laboratory. The Contractor's quality control organization in accordance with the Contractor Quality Control Program. 10-20 Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). The overall plan for safety and phasing of a construction project developed by the airport operator, or developed by the airport operator's consultant and approved by the airport operator. It is included in the invitation for bids and becomes part of the project specifications. 10-21 Drainage system. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-22 Engineer. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the Owner to be responsible for engineering inspection of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. 10-23 Equipment. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-24 Extra work. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract. 10-25 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his or her duly authorized representative. 10-26 Federal specifications. The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-27 Force account. Force account work is planning, engineering, or construction work done by the Sponsor's employees. 10-28 Inspector.An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. 10-29 Intention of terms. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. Page 80 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-100 (7/21/2014) 10-30 Laboratory. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. Also referred to as"Engineer's Laboratory" or"quality assurance laboratory." 10-31 Lighting. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers,floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-32 Major and minor contract items. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20% of the total amount of the award contract.All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-33 Materials. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-34 Notice to Proceed (NTP). A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-35 Owner. The term "Owner" shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. Where the term "Owner" is capitalized in this document, it shall mean airport Sponsor only. 10-36 Passenger Facility Charge(PFC). Per 14 CFR Part 158 and 49 USC §40117, a PFC is a charge imposed by a public agency on passengers enplaned at a commercial service airport it controls." 10-37 Pavement. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-38 Payment bond. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his or her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-39 Performance bond. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his or her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-40 Plans. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. 10-41 Project. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing the work in this contract. 10-42 Proposal. Where the term "proposal" is used in the Federal or FAA technical specifications, it shall be interpreted to mean "bid"for this Project. 10-43 Runway. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-44 Specifications. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-45 Sponsor. A Sponsor is defined in 49 USC §47102(24) as a public agency that submits to the FAA for an AIP grant; or a private Owner of a public-use airport that submits to the FAA an application for an AIP grant for the airport. 10-46 Structures. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases;transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-47 Subgrade. The soil that forms the pavement foundation. Page 81 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) 10-48 Superintendent. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-49 Supplemental agreement. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering (1)work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25%, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or(2)work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-50 Surety. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds that are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. 10-51 Taxiway. For the purpose of this Contract, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways, aircraft parking areas, and terminal areas. 10-52 Work. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-53 Working day. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least six (6) hours toward completion of the contract. When work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, it will not be counted as a working day. Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work will be considered as working days. END OF SECTION 10 Page 82 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-100 (7/21/2014) SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 Intent of contract. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 Alteration of work and quantities. The Owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25% (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract).Alterations that do not exceed the 25% limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations that are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by"Change Orders" issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25% limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. Supplemental agreements shall be approved by the FAA and shall include all applicable Federal contract provisions for procurement and contracting required under AlP. Supplemental agreements shall also require consent of the Contractor's surety and separate performance and payment bonds. 40-03 Omitted items. The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be non-performed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection 90- 04 titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 Extra work. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the same shall be called "Extra Work." Extra Work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such Extra Work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such Extra Work. Page 83 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-100 (7/21/2014) When determined by the Engineer to be in the Owner's best interest, the Engineer may order the Contractor to proceed with Extra Work as provided in the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of Section 90. Extra Work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as defined in the subsection 10-48 titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. Any claim for payment of Extra Work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 Maintenance of traffic. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. a. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas (AOAs) of the airport with respect to his or her own operations and the operations of all subcontractors as specified in the subsection 80-04 titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection 70-15 titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. b.With respect to his or her own operations and the operations of all subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying personnel, equipment, vehicles, storage areas, and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft,fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. c. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the Contractor's equipment and personnel. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flag person, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) (http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/), unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. 40-06 Removal of existing structures. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection 40-07 titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of Page 84 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) the work) shall be used in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so used in the work. 40-07 Rights in and use of materials found in the work. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, the Contractor may at his or her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, b. Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or c. Use such material for the Contractor's own temporary construction on site; or, d. Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his or her own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for use of such material used in the work or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his or her exercise of option a., b., or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. 40-08 Final cleanup. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. The Contractor shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property Owner. END OF SECTION 40 Page 85 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 Authority of the Engineer. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA specification requirements. 50-02 Conformity with plans and specifications. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross-sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his or her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, the Engineer will advise the Owner of his or her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document the determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on sound engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in the Engineer's opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract change order or supplemental agreement as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity"shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's execution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, after consultation with the FAA, to use sound engineering judgment in his or her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity, but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 Coordination of contract, plans, and specifications. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are Page 86 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1 OG (7/21/2014) intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract Technical Specifications shall govern over contract General Provisions, Plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited Advisory Circulars (ACs); contract General Provisions shall govern over Plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited ACs; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited ACs. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions shall govern. From time to time, discrepancies within cited testing standards occur due to the timing of the change, edits, and/or replacement of the standards. If the Contractor discovers any apparent discrepancy within standard test methods, the Contractor shall immediately ask the Engineer for an interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. 50-04 Cooperation of Contractor. The Contractor will be supplied with five copies each of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the Plans and Specifications. Additional copies of Plans and Specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and shall cooperate with the Engineer and his or her inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his or her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his or her authorized representative. 50-05 Cooperation between contractors. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each Contractor shall conduct the work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his or her contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his or her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall join his or her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. 50-06 Construction layout and stakes. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either their own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or their employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper execution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. Page 87 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-100 (7/21/2014) The Contractor must give copies of survey notes to the Engineer for each area of construction and for each placement of material as specified to allow the Engineer to make periodic checks for conformance with plan grades, alignments and grade tolerances required by the applicable material specifications. All surveys must be provided to the Engineer prior to commencing work items that will cover or disturb the survey staking as set by the Contractor's surveyor. Survey(s) and notes shall be provided in the following format(s): AutoCAD Release 2016. In the case of error, on the part of the Contractor, their surveyor, employees or subcontractors, resulting in established grades, alignment or grade tolerances that do not concur with those specified or shown on the plans, the Contractor is solely responsible for correction, removal, replacement and all associated costs at no additional cost to the Owner. No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in contract documents,for this labor, materials, or other expenses. The cost shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the Contract. Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: a. Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking b. Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot(30-m) stations c. Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot (15-m) stations Subgrade blue tops at 25-foot(7.5-m) stations and 25-foot (7.5-m) offset distance (maximum) for the following section locations: a. Runway—minimum five (5) per station b. Taxiways—minimum three (3) per station c. Holding apron areas—minimum three (3) per station d. Roadways—minimum three(3) per station Base Course blue tops at 25-foot (7.5-m) stations and 25-foot(7.5-m) offset distance (maximum)for the following section locations: a. Runway—minimum five (5) per station b. Taxiways—minimum three (3) per station c. Holding apron areas—minimum three (3) per station Pavement areas: a. Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks(for stringline by Contractor)at 100-foot(30-m)stations. b. Between Lifts at 25-foot(7.5-m) stations for the following section locations: (1) Runways—each paving lane width (2)Taxiways—each paving lane width (3) Holding areas—each paving lane width c.After finish paving operations at 50-foot(15-m) stations: (1)All paved areas—Edge of each paving lane prior to next paving lot d. Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50-foot (15-m) stations and at all break points with maximum of 50-foot(15-m) offsets. e. Fence lines at 100-foot(30-m) stations minimum. Page 88 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) f. Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures, signs, lights, Visual Approach Slope Indicators (VASIs), Precision Approach Path Indicators(PAPIs), Runway End Identifier Lighting(REIL),Wind Cones, Distance Markers (signs), pull boxes and manholes. g. Drain lines, cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot (7.5-m) stations, inlet and manholes. h. Painting and Striping layout (pinned with 1.5-inch PK nails) marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting). i. Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a minimum of once per 400 feet(120 m) per pass (that is, paving lane). The establishment of Survey Control and/or reestablishment of survey control shall be by a State Licensed Land Surveyor. Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. 50-07 Automatically controlled equipment. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 Authority and duties of inspectors. Inspectors shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors are authorized to notify the Contractor or his or her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for a decision. 50-09 Inspection of the work. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed.After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done, or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Page 89 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the Owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 Removal of unacceptable and unauthorized work. All work that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection 50-02 titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection 70-14 titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. No removal work made under provision of this subsection shall be done without lines and grades having been established by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs incurred by the Owner from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 Load restrictions. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his or her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his or her own expense. 50-12 Maintenance during construction. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. Maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 Failure to maintain the work. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection 50-12 titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this Page 90 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 Partial acceptance. If at any time during the execution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, the Contractor may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, the Engineer may accept it as being complete, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 Final acceptance. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be complete in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 Claims for adjustment and disputes. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his or her intention to claim such additional compensation before the Contractor begins the work on which the Contractor bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit a written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. END OF SECTION 50 Page 91 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 Source of supply and quality requirements. The materials used in the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new(as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in advisory circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, and Addendum that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer as listed in the Addendum cited above for the certified equipment part number. 60-02 Samples, tests, and cited specifications. Unless otherwise designated, all materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work.Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, quality assurance tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), Federal Specifications, Commercial Item Descriptions, and all other cited methods, which are current on the date of advertisement for bids, will be made by and at the expense of the Engineer. The testing organizations performing on-site quality assurance field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor's representative at his or her request. Unless otherwise designated, samples for quality assurance will be taken by a qualified representative of the Engineer. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at their request after review and approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required Quality Control tests. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing organizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified. All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of all test data shall be given to the Engineer daily, along with printed reports and electronic copies, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final report to the Engineer showing all test data reports, plus an analysis of all results showing ranges, averages, and corrective action taken on all failing tests. Page 92 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 60-03 Certification of compliance. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal" and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified"brand name,"the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a. Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an"or equal" material or assembly, the Contractor shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed"or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 Plant inspection. The Engineer or his or her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: a.The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom the Engineer has contracted for materials. b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material that has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. 60-05 Engineer's field office. The contractor shall furnish for the duration of the Project one building for the use of the field engineers and inspectors, as a field office. This facility shall be an approved weatherproof building meting the current State Highway Specifications (for Page 93 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) example, Class I Field Office or Type C Structure). This building shall be located conveniently near to the construction and shall be separate from any building used by the Contractor. The Contractor will provide high speed Internet access and shall be responsible for payment of the basic monthly charge for internet service. The Contractor shall furnish a photocopy, scanner, and printer capable of producing 11" x 17" prints, water, sanitary facilities, heat, air conditioning, and electricity. No direct payment will be made for the Engineer's field office building or labor, materials, ground rental, or other expense in connection therewith. The Contractor and his/her superintendent shall provide all reasonable facilities to enable to the Engineer to inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. 60-06 Storage of materials. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the Owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property Owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his or her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the Owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 Unacceptable materials. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected.The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its use in the work. 60-08 Owner furnished materials. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified, if any, to be furnished by the Owner. Owner- furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnished material is used. After any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies that may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner- furnished materials. Page 94 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) END OF SECTION 60 Page 95 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 Laws to be observed. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his or her officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees. 70-02 Permits, licenses, and taxes. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful execution of the work. 70-03 Patented devices, materials, and processes. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, the Contractor shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the Owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the execution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 Restoration of surfaces disturbed by others. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. Except as shown on the construction plans, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the Owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such Owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 Federal aid participation. This contract utilizes funding from the Airport Improvement Program (AIP). The United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of Page 96 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1 OG(7/21/2014) Title 49 of the USC and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work which shall be complied with by the Contractor. As required by the USC, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the FAA Administrator, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, Plans, or Specifications. No requirement of the USC, the rules and regulations implementing the USC, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 Sanitary, health, and safety provisions. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his or her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his or her health or safety. 70-07 Public convenience and safety. The Contractor shall control his or her operations and those of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his or her own operations and those of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection 40-05 titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection 80-04 titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 Barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards that are in the air operations area (AOAs) shall be a maximum of 18 inches (0.5 m) high. Unless otherwise specified, barricades shall be spaced not more than 4 feet(1.2 m) apart. Barricades, warning signs, and markings shall be paid for under subsection 40-05. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of advisory circular(AC) 150/5340-1 L, Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and the Contractor's parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2G, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. Page 97 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2G. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their removal is directed by the Engineer. Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted. 70-09 Use of explosives. When the use of explosives is necessary for the execution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet (300 m)from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property Owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his or her intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300 m) of the airport property. 70-10 Protection and restoration of property and landscape. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the execution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility shall not be released until the project has been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof by the Contractor, the Contractor shall restore, at his or her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or the Contractor shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 Responsibility for damage claims. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims, of any character, brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. 70-12 Third party beneficiary clause. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create Page 98 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) for the public or any member thereof, a third-party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. 70-13 Opening sections of the work to traffic. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such"phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his or her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging the work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner as described on sheets G-081 through G-085 of the construction plans. Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection 50-14 titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his or her expense. The Contractor shall make his or her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained AC 150/5370-2G (see Special Provisions). Contractor shall refer to the approved Construction Safety Phasing Plan (CSPP) to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. 70-14 Contractor's responsibility for work. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection 50-14 titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his or her expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in Page 99 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) newly established planting, seeding, and sodding furnished under the contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 Contractor's responsibility for utility service and facilities of others. As provided in the subsection 70-04 titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the Owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control their operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the Owners are indicated as follows: FAA Technical Operations: Holly Holcomb (803) 822-4420 Augusta Regional Airport: Adrienne Ayers-Allen Director of Engineering (706) 796-4010 It is further understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the Owners of all utility services or other facilities of his or her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided in this subsection and subsection 70-04 titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual Owners advised of changes in their plan of operations that would affect such Owners. Prior to beginning the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such Owner of their plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the Owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the Owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two days' notice shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Page 100 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use hand excavation methods within 3 feet (1 m) of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, the Contractor shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to their operations whether due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his or her surety. 70-15.1 FAA facilities and cable runs. The Contractor is hereby advised that the construction limits of the project include existing facilities and buried cable runs that are owned, operated and maintained by the FAA. The Contractor, during the execution of the project work, shall comply with the following: a. The Contractor shall permit FAA maintenance personnel the right of access to the project work site for purposes of inspecting and maintaining all existing FAA owned facilities. b. The Contractor shall provide notice to the FAA Air Traffic Organization (ATO)/Technical Operations/System Support Center(SSC) Point-of-Contact through the airport Owner a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to commencement of construction activities in order to permit sufficient time to locate and mark existing buried cables and to schedule any required facility outages. c. If execution of the project work requires a facility outage, the Contractor shall contact the FM Point-of-Contact a minimum of 72 hours prior to the time of the required outage. d. Any damage to FAA cables, access roads, or FAA facilities during construction caused by the Contractor's equipment or personnel whether by negligence or accident will require the Contractor to repair or replace the damaged cables, access road, or FAA facilities to FAA requirements. The Contractor shall not bear the cost to repair damage to underground facilities or utilities improperly located by the FAA. e. If the project work requires the cutting or splicing of FAA owned cables, the FAA Point-of- Contact shall be contacted a minimum of 72 hours prior to the time the cable work commences. The FAA reserves the right to have a FAA representative on site to observe the splicing of the cables as a condition of acceptance. All cable splices are to be accomplished in accordance with FAA specifications and require approval by the FAA Point-of-Contact as a condition of acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor is hereby advised that FAA restricts the location of where splices may be installed. If a cable splice is required in a location that is not permitted by FAA, the Contractor shall furnish and install a sufficient length of new cable that eliminates the need for any splice. 70-16 Furnishing rights-of-way. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. Page 101 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 70-17 Personal liability of public officials. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his or her authorized representatives, or any officials of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 No waiver of legal rights. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or stop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his or her surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his or her obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 Environmental protection. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 Archaeological and historical findings. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his or her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object that is incongruous with its surroundings, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract change order or supplemental agreement as provided in the subsection 40-04 titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract change order or supplemental agreement shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection 80-07 titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. END OF SECTION 70 Page 102 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) SECTION 80 EXECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 Subletting of contract. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide copies of all subcontracts to the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform, with his organization, an amount of work equal to at least 25 percent of the total contract cost. Should the Contractor elect to assign his or her contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. 80-02 Notice to proceed. The notice to proceed (NTP) shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. The Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-03 Execution and progress. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit their progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify their operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the execution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. The Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 Limitation of operations. The Contractor shall control his or her operations and the operations of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas (AOA) of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his or her operations within an AOA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AOA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection 70-08 titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AOA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AOA), the Contractor shall maintain Page 103 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) constant communications as specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AOA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AOA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AOA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. Refer to the Construction Safety and Phasing Plans or restrictions. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2G, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (see Special Provisions). 80-04.1 Operational safety on airport during construction.All Contractors' operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) and the provisions set forth within the current version of AC 150/5370-2. The CSPP included within the contract documents conveys minimum requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the CSPP. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks to assure compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the project. The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the CSPP and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved CSPP unless approved in writing by the Owner or Engineer. 80-05 Character of workers, methods, and equipment. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who violates any operational regulations or operational safety requirements and, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Engineer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such persons or person, or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper execution of the work, the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. All equipment that is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires Page 104 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, the Contractor may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 Temporary suspension of the work. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as the Owner may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the execution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his or her claim information substantiating the amount shownn o the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Owner, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. The Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the Airport. 80-07 Determination and extension of contract time. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the bid and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: a. CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his or her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). Page 105 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) The Engineer shall base his or her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least six (6) hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Owner for reasons not the fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. (2)The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3)The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection 50-15 titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The Contractor will be allowed one (1) week in which to file a written protest setting forth his or her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The contract time (stated in the bid and resulting Contract) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection 20-05 titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED BID QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the bid. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. b. Contract Time based on calendar days shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non-work days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Owner's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded. At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the bid. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of Contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the Contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. c. When the Contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially complete. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his or her control to complete the work within the Contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, the Contractor may, at any time prior to the expiration of the Contract time as extended, make a written request to the Owner for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which the Contractor believes will justify the granting of his or her request. Requests for Page 106 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) extension of time on calendar day projects, caused by inclement weather, shall be supported with National Weather Bureau data showing the actual amount of inclement weather exceeded what could normally be expected during the contract period. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the supporting documentation justify the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, the Owner may extend the time for completion by a change order that adjusts the contract time or completion date. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 Failure to complete on time. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection 80-07 titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section)the sum specified in the contract and bid as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his or her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages including but not limited to additional engineering services that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in their contract. Work Liquidated Damages Allowed Time(Calendar Element Cost Days) Mobilization N/A 60 Construction $1,500 per day 120 The maximum project time allowed for will be 180 calendar days. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 Default and termination of contract. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his or her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a. Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the Notice to Proceed, or b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment and/or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or d. Discontinues the execution of the work, or e. Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or f. Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or Page 107 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1 OG(7/21/2014) g. Allows any final judgment to stand against the Contractor unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or h. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or i. For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason above, the Engineer shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the execution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 Termination for national emergencies. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the execution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his or her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. 80-11 Work area, storage area and sequence of operations. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport. No operating runway, taxiway, or air operations area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered, or obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall plan and coordinate his or her work in such a manner as to ensure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or 400 feet from the centerline of an active Page 108 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at any time. No equipment shall be within 250 feet of an active runway at any time. END OF SECTION 80 Page 109 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-01 Measurement of quantities. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer, or his or her authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave-outs) having an area of 9 square feet (0.8 square meters) or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inch. The term "ton"will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 lb. (907 km) avoirdupois. All materials that are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material is paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable for the materials hauled, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic yards (cubic meters)for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon (liter) or ton (kg). When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60°F (16°C) or will be corrected to the volume at 60°F (16°C) using ASTM D1250 for asphalts or ASTM D633 for tars. Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. Page 110 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton (kg) or hundredweight(km). Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (MFBM) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum"when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit(in effect, lump sum"work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gauge, unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the Contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within 1/2% of the correct weight throughout the range of use. The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of 1% of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound (454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound (2.3 km)weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting-accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1%. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been underweighing (indicating less than correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in Page III of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 Scope of payment. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials,for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the execution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection 70-18 titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the"basis of payment"subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. 90-03 Compensation for altered quantities. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection 40-02 titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his or her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. 90-04 Payment for omitted items. As specified in the subsection 40-03 titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work(order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or non-perform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs. 90-05 Payment for extra work. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection 40-04 titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. 90-06 Partial payments. Partial payments will be made to the Contractor at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates, prepared by the Engineer, of the value of the work performed and materials complete and in place, in accordance with the contract, Plans, and Specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection 90-07 titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial Page 112 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) payment will be made when the amount due to the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. The Contractor is required to pay all subcontractors for satisfactory performance of their contracts no later than 30 days after the Contractor has received a partial payment. The Owner must ensure prompt and full payment of retainage from the prime Contractor to the subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. A subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed when all the tasks called for in the subcontract have been accomplished and documented as required by the Owner. When the Owner has made an incremental acceptance of a portion of a prime contract, the work of a subcontractor covered by that acceptance is deemed to be satisfactorily completed. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the Contractor's option) in the subsection 90-08 titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance 90% of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his or her option, as provided in the subsection 90-08 titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such percent retainage shall be deducted. When at least 95% of the work has been completed, the Engineer shall, at the Owner's discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare estimates of both the contract value and the cost of the remaining work to be done. The Owner may retain an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the bid or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the subsection 90-09 titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of this contract before the final payment is made. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release in full, the Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any potential lien or other such claim. The bond or collateral shall include all costs, expenses, and attorney fees the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging any such lien or claim. 90-07 Payment for materials on hand. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, Plans, and Specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: a. The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. Page 113 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. d. The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. e.The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 Payment of withheld funds. At the Contractor's option, if an Owner withholds retainage in accordance with the methods described in subsection 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS, the Contractor may request that the Owner deposit the retainage into an escrow account. The Owner's deposit of retainage into an escrow account is subject to the following conditions: a.The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the Owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the Owner and having a value not less than the retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. c. The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Owner. d. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. 90-09 Acceptance and final payment. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection 50-15 titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50,the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's final estimate or advise the Engineer of the Contractor's objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute still exists, the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection 50-16 titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. Page 114 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) After the Contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the Engineer's final estimate, and after the Engineer's receipt of the project closeout documentation required in subsection 90-11 Project Closeout, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection 50-16 titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. 90-10 Construction warranty. a. In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the Contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect in equipment, material, workmanship, or design furnished, or performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor or supplier at any tier. b. This warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. If the Owner takes possession of any part of the work before final acceptance, this warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date the Owner takes possession. However,this will not relieve the Contractor from corrective items required by the final acceptance of the project work. c. The Contractor shall remedy at the Contractor's expense any failure to conform, or any defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy at the Contractor's expense any damage to Owner real or personal property, when that damage is the result of: (1)The Contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements; or (2) Any defect of equipment, material, workmanship, or design furnished by the Contractor. d.The Contractor shall restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms and conditions of this clause. The Contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced will run for one year from the date of repair or replacement. e. The Owner will notify the Contractor, in writing, within (7) days after the discovery of any failure, defect, or damage. f. If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or damage within 14 days after receipt of notice, the Owner shall have the right to replace, repair, or otherwise remedy the failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's expense. g. With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers for work performed and materials furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall: (1) Obtain all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice; (2)Require all warranties to be executed, in writing, for the benefit of the Owner, as directed by the Owner, and (3) Enforce all warranties for the benefit of the Owner. h. This warranty shall not limit the Owner's rights with respect to latent defects, gross mistakes, or fraud. Page 115 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 90-11 Project closeout.Approval of final payment to the Contractor is contingent upon completion and submittal of the items listed below. The final payment will not be approved until the Engineer approves the Contractor's final submittal. The Contractor shall: a. Provide two (2) copies of all manufacturers warranties specified for materials, equipment, and installations. b. Provide weekly payroll records (not previously received)from the general Contractor and all subcontractors. c. Complete final cleanup in accordance with subsection 40-08, FINAL CLEANUP. d. Complete all punch list items identified during the Final Inspection. e. Provide complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of the Contract. f. Provide a certified statement signed by the subcontractors, indicating actual amounts paid to the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) subcontractors and/or suppliers associated with the project. g.When applicable per state requirements, return copies of sales tax completion forms. h. Manufacturer's certifications for all items incorporated in the work. i.All required record drawings, as-built drawings or as-constructed drawings. j. Project Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual. k. Security for Construction Warranty. I. Equipment commissioning documentation submitted, if required. END OF SECTION 90 Page 116 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) SECTION 105 MOBILIZATION 105-1 Description.This item shall consist of work and operations, but is not limited to, work and operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, material and supplies to and from the project site for work on the project except as provided in the contract as separate pay items. 105-1.1 Posted notices. Prior to commencement of construction activities the Contractor must post the following documents in a prominent and accessible place where they may be easily viewed by all employees of the prime Contractor and by all employees of subcontractors engaged by the prime Contractor: Equal Employment Opportunity(EEO) Poster"Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" in accordance with the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Executive Order 11246, as amended; Davis Bacon Wage Poster(WH 1321) - DOL"Notice to All Employees" Poster; and Applicable Davis-Bacon Wage Rate Determination. These notices must remain posted until final acceptance of the work by the Owner. 105-2 Basis of measurement and payment. Based upon the contract lump sum price for "Mobilization" partial payments will be allowed as follows: a.With first pay request, 25%. b.When 25% or more of the original contract is earned, an additional 25%. c.When 50% or more of the original contract is earned, an additional 40%. d.After Final Inspection, Staging area clean-up and delivery of all Project Closeout materials as required by 90-11, the final 10%. END OF SECTION 105 Page 117 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-100 (7/21/2014) SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS AIRPORT SAFETY AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall carry out its operations in a manner that will cause a minimum of interference with air traffic, and shall be required to cooperate with the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the Airport, Airport tenants and users, and other contractors working in the area. All work shall be completed in accordance with the Contract Documents including FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2G, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction or current edition as of bid date. B. The Contractor shall supply, place, maintain, move and store the items listed herein, as appropriate, to facilitate construction and protect air traffic. The Contractor shall maintain an adequate extra supply of these items on site. C. These provisions are to enhance the existing language listed in the General Terms & Conditions. All or parts of the contents will apply to the Contractor's contract depending upon the sequence in which the phases are conducted. D. The Airport has the right to monitor the Contractors' operations for safety performance, workmanship, protection of operations, work progress, housekeeping, and compliance to design specifications (Contractor shall still be responsible for assuring safe work practices). It is a general practice that the Airport will work through the Contractor's supervision and not directly with the employee. The Airport has the right to participate with and investigate any accident or incident. E. Contractor shall develop and implement a system for assessing appropriate requirements applicable to its employees, including removal from Airport property, for violation of safety laws statutes, codes, ordinances and regulations, safety requirements specified by the Contract, including, without limitation, any other condition that presents a safety hazard to the employee or others. Contractor shall prepare and maintain a detailed written report of each instance where it has assessed discipline for a safety related infraction including identification of the employee, the nature of the infraction and the discipline assessed. F. Contractor shall be required to develop, at a minimum, a comprehensive post accident drug and alcohol testing program that includes post accident and random testing in accordance with Department of Transportation (DOT) Drug and Alcohol Testing -49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 40. Page 118 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Safety Program — The Contractor shall submit its Safety Program to the Airport and obtain approval prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Safety Program shall be prepared in accordance with the FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2G (Operational Safety on Airports During Construction), or current edition as of bid date. The Safety Program includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Contractor's Corporate Safety Policy 2. Contractor's Site-Specific Safety Plan 3. Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP)—The Contractor shall abide by the CSPP, approved by the FM and provided by the Airport. 4. Safety Plan Compliance Document (SPCD) — The SPCD details how the Contractor will comply with the CSPP. The Contractor shall prepare the SPCD and obtain approval by the Airport prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed PRODUCTS 1.3 WARNING LIGHTS. Warning lights shall meet the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2G (Operational Safety on Airport During Construction), or current edition as of bid date or as amended during the term of the contract. The Contractor's vehicles shall meet the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5210-5D (Painting, Marking, and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport), or current edition as of bid date or as amended during the term of the contract. 1.4 LOW PROFILE BARRICADES. Low profile barricades shall be in accordance with the details in the Contract Documents and meet the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2G,or current edition as of bid date or as amended during the term of the contract. The barricades shall be furnished, maintained and relocated during each phase by the Contractor. Barricades shall be as detailed and installed per the drawings along the affected pavement edge or access to a closed runway,taxiway or apron. 1.5 SAFETY BARRICADES. Safety barricades shall be furnished and installed at the locations as indicated on the Contract Documents and/or directed by the Engineer. Safety barricades shall be 32"—36"tall and 6' long. Safety barricades shall be water fillable with a maximum empty weight of 85 pounds and a minimum filled weight of 700 pounds. There shall be an equal number of orange and white to allow for the colors to be staggered upon assembly. They shall be interlockable and marked with alternating orange and white reflective tape on each side. The Contractor shall supply two (2) solar powered red flashing lights per barricade that can be attached to the top of the barricades. 1.6 VACUUM SWEEPER. The power vacuum sweepers shall be Tymco, Model HSP-600 or Elgin Model Crosswind or an approved equal. A broom type sweeper may be allowed by the Engineer depending upon construction activity on aircraft operations area. The Page 119 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) Contractor shall provide a minimum of one sweeper at all times. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 General Information A. All Contractors shall comply with the following: 1. All applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Federal Aviation Regulations(FAR), Transportation Security Administration (TSA) Part 1542, Department of Transportation (DOT), Federal, State, and Local safety standards. 2. Other reasonable safety rules and practices as may be established from time to time by the Airport. B. In compliance with FAA AC 150/5370-2G, or current edition as of bid date or as amended during the term of the contract date, the Contractor shall prepare a Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD).This document shall include a general statement by the Contractor that it has read and shall adhere to the CSPP. Any details not identifiable for the CSPP should be included within the SPCD. The SPCD is similar to the CSPP but shall not contain duplicate information. The Contractor shall submit the SPCD to the Airport for approval prior to the issuance of the NTP. The SPCD shall include but not be limited to the following checklist as applicable to the scope of the project: 1. Coordination. Discuss details of proposed safety meetings with the Airport operator and with Contractor's employees and subcontractors. 2. Phasing. Discuss proposed construction schedule elements, including: i. Duration of each phase. ii. Daily start and finish of construction, including "night only"construction. iii. Duration of construction activities during: 1. Normal runway operations. 2. Closed runway operations. 3. Modified runway "Aircraft Reference Code" usage. 3. Areas and operations affected by the construction activity. These areas and operations should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. 4. Protection of NAVAIDS. Discuss specific methods proposed to protect operating NAVAIDS. 5. Contractor access. Provide the following: i. Details on how the Contractor will maintain the integrity of the Airport security fence (contract security officers, daily log of construction personnel, and other). ii. Listing of individual requiring driver training (for certificated airports and as requested). iii. Radio communications. 1. Types of radios and backup capabilities. 2. Who will be monitoring radios. Page 120 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 3. Who to contact if the Air Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) cannot reach the Contractor's designated person by radio. 4. Details on how the Contractor will escort material delivery vehicles. 6. Wildlife management. Discuss the following: i. Methods and procedures to prevent wildlife attraction. ii. Wildlife reporting procedures. 7. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) management. Discuss equipment and methods for control of FOD, including construction debris and dust. 8. Hazardous material (HAZMAT) management. Discuss equipment and methods for responding to hazardous spills. 9. Notification of construction activities. Provide the following: i. Contractor points of contact. ii. Contractor emergency contact. iii. Listing of all equipment greater than 10 feet in height or other requested equipment proposed for use on the Airport and the time frame for submitting 7460-1 forms not previously submitted by the Airport operator. iv. Batch plant details, including 7460-1 submittal. 10. Inspection requirements. Discuss daily (or more frequent) inspections and special inspection procedures. 11. Underground utilities. Discuss proposed methods of identifying and protecting underground utilities. 12. Penalties. Penalties should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. 13. Special conditions. Discuss proposed actions for each special condition identified in the CSPP. 14. Runway and taxiway visual aids. Including marking, lighting, signs and visual NAVAIDs. Discuss proposed visual aids including the following: i. Equipment and methods for covering signage and airfield lights. ii. Equipment and methods for temporary closure markings (paint, fabric, other). iii. Types of temporary Visual Guidance Slope Indicators (VGSI). 15. Markings and signs for access routes. Discuss proposed methods of demarcating access routes for vehicle drivers. 16. Hazard marking and lighting. Discuss proposed equipment and methods for identifying excavation areas. 17. Protection of runway and taxiway safety areas. Including object free areas, obstacle free zones, and approach/departure surfaces. Discuss proposed methods of identifying, demarcating, and protecting airport surfaces including: i. Equipment and methods for maintaining Taxiway Safety Area standards. ii. Equipment and methods for separation of construction operations from aircraft operations, including details of barricades. 18. Other limitations on construction should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. Page 121 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) C. Regular progress meetings will be conducted during construction. Part of the meeting will be dedicated to safety. During these meetings, the Contractor shall submit to the Airport the following safety information: 1. Estimated man-hours worked from the previous period; 2. Number of accidents from the previous periods; 3. Number of recordable injuries from the previous period; and 4. Summarization of any accident that took place from the previous period. D. In estimating the work involved in the Contract,the Contractor shall be familiar with all existing and limiting conditions that will or may have a bearing on the performance of the Contract with regard to safety. Any limiting conditions shall be identified in writing. E. All costs related to the required Safety Program shall be included in the Contractor's bid. Costs provided to administer and maintain the Safety Program shall be complete and shall include costs for all required personnel, activities, facilities, media,tools,drug testing, and any specialty equipment required to insure a comprehensive, qualified Safety Program to suit a per week/per shift basis. F. Throughout the duration of the Contract, any practice or situation that the Engineer determines to be unsafe or a hindrance to regular Airport operations shall be immediately rectified. G. The following publications contain definitions/descriptions of critical Airport operating areas. The areas defined below pertain to airfield safety requirements and are referenced throughout the Contract Documents. Copies of these publications are available from the FAA at www.faa.gov. 1. Advisory Circular 150/5370-2G, or current edition as of bid date, "Operational Safety on Airports During Construction": Sets forth guidelines to assist Airport operators in complying with FAR Part 139, "Certification and Operation/Land Airports Serving Certain Air Carriers" and with the requirements of federally funded construction projects. 2. FAR Part 77, "Objects Affecting Navigable Airspace," Current Edition: Establishes standards for determining obstructions to navigable airspace. Civil Airport imaginary surfaces are defined in the publication. It also sets forth requirements for notice of certain proposed construction or alteration. Notice of construction provides a basis for recommendations for identifying the construction or alteration in accordance with AC 70/7460-1, "Obstruction Marking and Lighting,"or current edition as of bid date. 3. AC 150/5300-13A, "Airport Design" or current edition as of bid date: Establishes design, operational and maintenance standards for airports. Standard terms used in the Contract Documents are defined below: a. Runway Safety Area (RSA) -The defined surface surrounding the runway over which aircraft should, in dry weather, be able to cross at normal operating speeds without incurring significant damage. A safety area is graded, drained and compacted. It is free of any holes, trenches, humps or other significant surface variations or objects, other than those which must be there because of their Page 122 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1 OG (7/21/2014) essential aeronautical function. The safety area requires the capability of supporting maintenance, firefighting, and rescue vehicles under normal (dry) conditions. b. Object Free Area (OFA) —An area on the ground centered on a runway, taxiway, or taxilane centerline provided to enhance the safety of aircraft operations by having the area free of objects, except for objects that need to be located in the OFA for air navigations or aircraft ground maneuvering purposes. c. Obstacle Free Zone (OFZ) —The OFZ is the airspace below 150 feet above the established Airport elevation and along the runway and extended runway centerline that is required to be clear of all objects, except for frangible visual NAVAIDs that need to be located in the OFZ because of their function, in order to provide clearance protection for aircraft landing or taking off from the runway, and for missed approaches. The OFZ is subdivided as follows: 1) Runway OFZ. The airspace above a surface centered on the runway centerline. 2) Inner-approach OFZ. The airspace above a surface centered on the extended runway centerline. It applies to runways with an approach lighting system. 3) Outer-approach OFZ. The airspace above the surfaces located on the outer edges of the runway OFZ and the inner- approach OFZ. It applies to runways with approach visibility minimums lower than'/-statute mile. d. Taxiway Safety Area (TSA) — A defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway. H. The work shall proceed in such a manner as to provide safe conditions for all workers and personnel. The sequence of operations shall be such that maximum protection is afforded to ensure that personnel and workers in the work area are not subject to any dangerous conditions. Prior to commencement of construction activity, the Contractor shall notify in writing, at least 72 hours in advance, Airport Operations and the Engineer of its intentions to begin construction,stating the proposed time, date, and area of which construction is to occur in order for the appropriate Notice-to-Airmen (NOTAM) to be issued. During the performance of this Contract, the Airport facility shall remain in use to the maximum extent possible. The Contractor shall not allow employees, subcontractors,suppliers, or any other unauthorized persons to enter in any Airport area which may be open for aircraft use. J. Should any of the following problems or hazards arise during construction, the Contractor shall immediately rectify/correct the problem or hazard to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Airport: Page 123 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 1. Trenches, holes, or excavations at or adjacent to any active runway or in safety areas. 2. Unmarked/unlighted holes or excavation at any active apron, taxiway, taxilane, or related safety area. 3. Mounds or piles of earth, construction materials, temporary structures, or other objects in the vicinity of any active taxiway, taxilane, or in a related safety, approach, or departure area. 4. Vehicles or equipment (whether operating or idle) on any active runway, taxiway, taxilane, or in any related safety, approach, or departure area. 5. Vehicles,equipment,excavations,stockpiles, or other materials which could degrade or otherwise interfere with electronic signals from radios or navigational aids (NAVAIDS). 6. Runway surfacing projects resulting in excessive lips greater than 1 inch for runways and exceeding 3 inches for edges between the old shoulder and new surfaces at runway edges and ends. 7. Unmarked utility, NAVAID, weather service, runway lighting, or other power or signal cables that could be damaged during construction. 8. Objects (whether or not marked or flagged) or activities anywhere on or in the vicinity of the Airport which could be distracting, confusing, or alarming to pilots during aircraft operations. 9. Unflagged/unlighted low visibility items (such as tall cranes, drills, and the like) anywhere in the vicinity of active runways, or in any approach or departure area. 10. Misleading or malfunctioning obstruction lights or unlighted/unmarked obstructions in an approach to any active runway. 11. Inadequate approach/departure surfaces needed to assure adequate landing/takeoff clearance over obstructions or work or storage areas. 12. Inadequate, confusing or misleading (to user pilots) marking/lighting of runways, taxiways, or taxilanes, including displaced or relocated thresholds. 13. Water, dirt, debris, or other transient accumulation which temporarily obscures pavement marking, pavement edges, or derogates visibility of runway/taxiway marking or lighting. 14. Inadequate or improper methods of marking, barricading, and lighting of temporarily closed portions of Airport operations areas. 15. Trash or other materials with foreign object damage (FOD) potential, whether on runways, taxiways, or aprons, or in related safety areas. 16. Inadequate barricading or other marking which is placed to separate construction or maintenance areas from active aircraft operating areas. 17. Failure to control vehicle and human access to active aircraft operating areas. 18. Construction/maintenance activities or materials which could hamper the response of aircraft rescue and firefighting (ARFF)equipment from reaching all aircraft or any part of the runway/taxiway system, runway approach and departure areas, and aircraft parking locations. 19. Bird attractants on Airport, such as edibles (food scraps, etc.), miscellaneous trash, or ponded water. Page 124 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) 2.2 Contractor Requirements A. All persons entering the project area designated as the construction site shall strictly follow Georgia, OSHA, FAA, DOT, and Transportation Safety Administration regulations. B. The Contractor shall provide physical barriers along the perimeter of its work site and place signs identifying the area as a construction site.The contractor will install signs along on-site haul roads indicating that speed limit for construction vehicles is 25 mph or 15 mph if on airfield pavements including taxiways and aprons. In some cases where the general public or open airfield is to be protected, additional and/or specialty barriers might be required and will need to be determined by Airport. C. The Contractor shall submit an FAA Form 7460-1 at least 60 days prior to any crane erections. All construction involving cranes shall further be coordinated at least 72 hours in advance, excluding weekends, with the Airport Operations. This does not include the time required for airspace review. The following information and actions are required: 1. Location of the Crane. 2. Maximum extendable height. 3. Hours of operation. 4. The top of each crane boom shall be marked by a 3' x 3' orange and white checkered flag—each box being 1'square. 5. Each crane shall be lowered at night and during periods of poor visibility as directed by Airport Operations. In the event the crane is approved to remain extended during the hours from sunset to sunrise, the highest point of the crane boom will be lit with a red obstruction light in accordance with AC 70/7460-1. D. These established safety requirements shall govern Contractors and all persons within the designated construction site and are outlined to avoid infractions of common accepted safety practices. E. These safety requirements shall not be construed as complete and any requirements of the guidelines in conflict with Georgia, OSHA and FAA shall be superseded by Georgia, OSHA or FAA regulations. F. Any individual failing to follow these safety requirements shall be directed by the Contractor to immediately abate the unsafe act, behavior, or equipment. G. All Contractor equipment brought onsite for use on or during the construction project shall be kept in a safe operating condition. Worn or damaged equipment shall be repaired, replaced or taken out of service (locked out) and removed from the job site. H. Contractor shall keep its work area in a clean and safe condition. The use of makeshift, defective or inadequate scaffolding, rigging, or staging is prohibited. Page 125 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) J. The Contractor shall provide barriers, railings or coverings for all areas including, but not limited to, elevated work platforms, holes, excavations, roof openings, along roof edges, manholes, and/or unfinished work causing floor obstructions. Outside excavations, barriers, and safety signs shall be adequately illuminated during darkness. K. No Contractor is permitted to use any powered industrial moving equipment, trucks, tools, or ladders owned or rented by, the Airport. L. Contractors shall not perform work overhead of any member of the general public. The Contractor shall use physical barriers to prevent access by non-construction personnel to areas with overhead construction work. If the Contractor cannot restrict access to the overhead work area, work will cease until a method of restricting access is developed and implemented. M. Welding screens and/or curtains will be used in areas where cutting or welding operations are being performed where non-construction personnel may be exposed to weld flash or sparks. Refer to Airport Hot Work permit requirements. N. Tools, equipment or materials shall not be left or placed on beams, overhead walkways, or places where they may fall, causing injury. 1. To prevent possible explosive or incendiary devices from being hidden in areas close to Airport facilities, equipment, aircraft, or vehicles, no containers (tool boxes, storage containers, materials trailers) shall be left unsecured or unattended in public areas. 2. The Contractor shall not bring any tool through passenger screening. No tools shall be left unsecured in public areas. Any temporary doors that lead to construction areas that are accessible by the public shall be equipped with a push button cipher lock(installed at the Contractor's expense). The access number to the door shall be provided to Airport designees. 3. The Contractor is not permitted to carry liquids, gels, or aerosols into sterile areas except for those liquids, gels, or aerosol necessary for operational or medical needs, all of which shall be subject to inspection. O. Contractor shall verify and assure that every employee who operates any mobile equipment on Airport properties shall have a current valid driver's license. P. The Contractor shall comply with the National Electric Code (NEC) requirements regarding ground fault circuit interrupters for construction field tools and equipment. Q. In matters concerning interpretation of the foregoing requirements, the decision of the Airport will be final and binding. R. The Contractor shall maintain a Safety Program,for the purpose of safety,security, orientation, education, training, enforcement, and distribution. S. If a security system (cameras, gates, lifts, doors, etc.) is going to be taken out of service, the Contractor shall coordinate with the Airport Operations at least three Page 126 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) (3) days in advance. Pending certain security threat levels, permission may not be granted to take down a security system. T. Potable water line installation will require coordination with the Airport management. U. When working on the airfield pavement lighting cans, the Contractor shall assure the electrical systems are locked out, tagged out, and verified there is no hazardous energy. V. The Contractor shall not pull any associated airfield lighting electrical cables through manholes,junction cans, pavement cans or through those devices if there are other cables present. All electrical cables shall be locked-out, tagged-out, and de-energized prior to work activities. W. Contractor will provide all lighted, low profile, water or sand filled, taxiway/runway barricading. X. If working on the Airport Operations Area (AOA),the Contractor will be required to prepare an FAA Safety Plan Compliance Document (SPCD) that is a part of the Safety Program. Y. Airfield Rescue and Firefighter(ARFF) roads cannot be taken out of service. Z. Equipment that is used for material handling on the airfield shall have working headlights and brake lights. Any equipment that exits the AOA onto public roadways is subject to GA DOT regulations. 2.3 Fall Hazard Protection Control K. Fall Hazard Control requires that Contractors comply with fall prevention and protection procedures in accordance with Occupational Safety and health Administration (OSHA) requirements. 2.4 Fire Prevention L. The Contractor shall provide appropriate fire extinguishers for its employees. M. No burning, cutting, welding, or heat generating operation shall be allowed in any area on Airport property without first obtaining permission from Airport Operations. N. Oxygen and acetylene cylinders not in use, shall be properly stored and capped, and secured by a chain or rope. All flammable liquids shall be stored in approved safety containers. Oily rags and/or rags soaked with flammable liquids shall be stored in approved safety containers only. Paint and painter's equipment, drop sheets, cleaning materials, shall be stored in a clear area away from any heat generating operation. Lids shall be replaced on all opened paint and/or solvent containers. All solvents shall be stored in approved safety containers Page 127 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) 2.5 Lock Outs O. Examples of energy sources that are required to be locked out and tagged regardless of who has custody are: 1. Any time repairs or modifications are made to electrical systems, either temporary or permanent, they shall be locked out. Locks shall be applied to the main disconnect switch whenever possible. A tag shall accompany all locks. 2. Electrical systems that provide electrical power to equipment, such as pumps and electrical motors, shall be locked out by the Contractor until such time that system is released. 3. Electrical systems that provide electrical power to the airfield signage and lighting. 4. Lines, valves and similar systems that are being tested pneumatically or with Inert gases, such as oxygen, shall be tagged and locked out to prevent an accidental discharge of the pressure within the line. In addition, areas affected by the pneumatic test shall be barricaded against entry and inspected by the Contractor prior to commencement of the test. 5. Air lines, hydraulic lines, gas lines, blanking, pressure storage units, valves, capacitors and other such sources that could be inadvertently activated or discharged causing a hazardous condition, shall be locked out, blanked or otherwise neutralized to prevent accidental activation. 6. Any steam, natural gas, refrigeration, chemical feed, glycol, water, fuel oil, diesel, and jet fuel lines that could be inadvertently activated or discharged causing a hazardous condition, shall be locked out, blanked or otherwise neutralized to prevent accidental activation and or a hazardous condition. In some cases double block and bleed maybe required. P. Access to all electrical systems for both shutdown and reenergizing will be coordinated with Airport maintenance. This includes access to all panels, breakers, switches, relays, substations, and all relevant switch gear. Q. If more than one employee is required to lockout and tag a circuit or piece of equipment, a multiple padlock device (hasp)shall be used. R. This procedure establishes a lockout practice for securing machinery and equipment during periods of construction and maintenance. It is essential that Contractor complies with its lockout procedure to ensure the safety of all employees. A lockout procedure is to render inoperative electrical systems, air lines, hydraulic lines, mechanical devices, pumps, conveyors, fuel, glycol, water, gasoline, jet fuel, pipelines, valves and all other such energy and stored energy systems that may accidentally be energized or discharged while employees are working on them before they are ready and released for service. S. Contractor shall administer its own lockout program where not identified by this document. The Contractor shall issue all locks and applicable tags to their foreman, general foreman, superintendents and employees as necessary. The Contractor shall maintain a lock and tag log. Tags are required to have the Page 128 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) Contractor's name, phone number, employee name, and supervisor name easily identified on each tag. T. After locking out and tagging a circuit, an attempt to energize the equipment shall be made by depressing or turning "on" all starting stations before work begins. In no case shall work begin before circuits and equipment are tested to ensure that they are, in fact, de-energized. U. Any employee who removes a tag or lock belonging to another employee or person, or overrides a tag or lock in any way, may be removed from the Airport property. Written authorization has to be obtained from the foreman, general foreman, superintendent and Project Manager of the responsible Contractor when a lock has been left on a piece of equipment and the originator is not available for removal. V. When locks and tags are required, Contractors employees working on that system shall notify their appropriate supervisor. The supervisor, or his designee, shall see that appropriate locks and tags are provided. When work is completed, the appropriate supervisor is also to be notified when locks and tags are removed. W. After equipment or systems are turned over to the Airport, no work or Airport modifications will be performed without compliance to Airport's Lockout/ragout Program. X. There may be some equipment that cannot be physically locked out using any type of device. If a situation exists where equipment cannot be locked out the Contractor shall notify the Airport. 2.6 Cranes/Derricks/Lifting Equipment/Rigging Y. All crane operators shall be thoroughly knowledgeable in the operations of the crane, rigging equipment, and other OSHA requirements relating to lifting. Z. NOTAMS may be required depending upon the location and height of the lift. Contractor shall contact Airport management prior to any crane activity. AA. Lifting shall not be done over any employees. BB. Tag lines shall be used for all lifts greater than 20 feet. CC. No lifts shall be made when winds are sustained over 25 mph. DD. Outrigger shall be shored so they do not damage property. Contractor will be responsible for any property damage to paved or concrete surfaces. EE. A prelift review shall be performed by the Contractor for every critical lift. FF. A Critical lift shall be defined as a lift with a hoisted load that is within 15% of the maximum load limits(normal)of the equipment that is being used. Before a critical lift is performed the Contractor shall submit a Critical Lift Plan that is prepared and Page 129 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1 OG(7/21/2014) approved by a Professional Engineer that is registered with the State of Georgia. The Critical lift Plan will include the following: • Description of the lift • Crane Position • Lift Height • Load Radius • Boom and angle • Size and weight of load • Percent of cranes capacity • Personnel involved • Rigging plan • Communications methods • Ground Conditions • Inspection Procedures • Procedures for hosting (if applicable) GG. The critical lift plan will also document the source (i.e. weight, crane and rigging capacities, inspections, and wind speeds). 2.7 Vehicle Operation on the Airport Operations Area(AOA) HH. All vehicles that enter the AOA shall comply with the following: 1. All vehicles accessing the AOA shall be placarded with a company name and logo or some other form of identification. All lettering shall be a minimum of 4" high. 2. All construction vehicles/mechanized equipment authorized within the Movement Area or related safety areas shall be marked with a flag on a staff attached to the uppermost portion of the vehicle/motorized equipment so that the flag will be readily visible. The flag shall be at least a 3'x 3' square having a checkered pattern of international orange and white squares at least 1' on each side in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 150/5210- 5.D, or current edition as of bid date. 3. During nighttime hours, all equipment operating on the Airport exceeding 15 feet in height shall be lit with a red obstruction light in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 70/7460-1, or current edition as of bid date. This light is to be located on the uppermost portion of the equipment. 4. All construction equipment that exceeds 20 feet in height are required to be "airspaced" as determined by the FAA Form 7460-1. II. Vehicle(s)/equipment shall be operated in a manner that does not interfere with aircraft operations. All vehicle(s)/equipment shall yield right of way to all aircraft and emergency vehicles. JJ. Vehicles/mechanized equipment operators shall obey all traffic signs and markings. Page 130 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) KK. Vehicles/equipment shall not stop or be parked so as to block a driveway, AOA access gate, fire lane or aircraft LL. Vehicles/equipment shall not stop or be parked in areas other than those prearranged and approved by the Airport management. MM. No equipment or vehicles may be parked within six feet of an AOA fence. NN. The established speed limit on the AOA is 15 mph. 00. Vehicle(s)/equipment shall not be operated by individuals under the influence of any substance which impairs the ability to do so in a safe manner PP. If an incident occurs on the AOA the incident shall be reported immediately to Airport Operations by contacting (706)799-5372. Airport management and Airport Operations have the right to investigative all incidents and issue citations. The Contractor is still obligated to produce its own incident report to be submitted to Airport management. The Contractor shall submit an incident report no later than 24 hours after the incident. QQ. Vehicle/mechanized equipment operators are not permitted to move about the Airport outside the designated construction area, at night unless the vehicle has operating head lights,tail lights and brake lights, or is under the escort of a properly lighted vehicle. Head lights shall not be set on high beam when moving about the Airport at night. RR. Vehicles/mechanized equipment authorized on the Movement Area (runways, taxiways, and ramps) and/or associated safety areas shall be equipped with an electrically powered, amber color, 360-degree omni-direction light, mounted on the vehicle such that it is conspicuous from any direction. SS. At no time shall a vehicle enter the Movement Area and/or associated safety areas unless it is authorized by the Airfield Operations and is in continuous radio communication with the Control Tower. If a vehicle is not radio equipped to communicate with the Control Tower, an escort vehicle equipped with such a radio shall lead or direct the movement of this vehicle while operating on the Movement Area unless the construction area is completely closed to Airport movement and cordoned off. Coordination of escorts shall be prearranged with the Airport Operation. Any individual authorized unescorted access to the Movement Area or associated safety areas shall have completed the driver training program administered by the Airport Operations department. TT. Seat belts shall be utilized on equipment/vehicles that are designed for usage. UU. All vehicles/equipment shall be appropriately secured such that neither aircraft blast nor wind will result in their movement. 2.8 Special Construction Rules on the AOA When airfield construction is being performed on the AOA the following rules will apply Page 131 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) unless modified in writing by Airfield Operations. VV. All construction activities on the AOA shall include a specific Construction Safety Phasing Plan (CSPP) and a Safety Plan Compliance Document (SPCD) as required by the FAA. The SPCD will address compliance to and details required by the CSPP and include any other topics of discussion that might be mentioned during the safety phase planning meeting. WW. The safety phase planning meeting shall be held prior to mobilization to the AOA. XX. Any Airport construction and/or alteration requires the completion and submittal of FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration (available from the FAA Air Traffic Division Regional Office), and www.FAA.gov at least 60 days prior to the start of the project. The Engineer will submit this form in advance of the start of construction. YY. If the Contractor requires any modifications to FAA Form 7460-1 (from the advance submittal)the Contractor shall complete and submit an amended FAA Form 7460- 1 reflecting the requested changes. ZZ. A copy of all completed FAA Form 7460-1's and the FAA's determination(s) shall be on file with the Airport prior to commencing the erection or construction of the item(s) proposed by the Contractor. AAA. The Contractor shall erect and maintain fencing, barricades, signs and warning devices used to delineate the perimeter of all construction areas, as shown on the plans and/or as approved by the Airport Operations. BBB. All points of entry into the AOA, which are under the Contractor's control, shall be secured and/or guarded and should be coordinated with the Airport Operations. CCC. Deliveries are to be strictly controlled (by the Contractor) using personnel specifically acquainted with these rules. The Contractor shall provide properly manned escort vehicles as required to guide and escort all deliveries to the work area(s). DDD. All barricades, lighting and warning devices used to delineate any construction or hazardous area(s) are to be provided by the Contractor except for lighted runway closure crosses which will be provided by the Airport. EEE. At no time shall personnel, vehicles or equipment be located or enter any of the following areas unless authorized on the plans or by Airport Operations. 1. Within 250 feet parallel to an active runway centerline (to be indicated on the CSPP and/or SPCD). 2. No Stockpiles will be placed within 400 feet parallel to an active runway centerline nor will equipment be left unattended. 3. Within 1,000 feet of the end of active runways (each end to be indicated in the CSPP and/or SPCD) 4. Within 93 feet parallel to an active taxiway centerline operating with Group III aircraft without proper approval. 5. Active NAVAID Critical Areas. Page 132 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) FFF. Trenches and/or Excavations: Trenches and/or excavations shall not be allowed in the following areas without closure or restriction of the adjacent Movement Area: 1. Within 250 feet parallel to a runway centerline. 2. Within 160 feet parallel to a taxiway centerline operating with Group V aircraft without proper approval. 3. Within 1,000 feet of the end of a runway. 4. Active NAVAID Critical Areas. GGG. No trenching is allowed under Airport fences without prior approval and coordination with the Airport Operations. HHII. All stockpiled material(s)/supplies shall be constrained in a manner to prevent movement resulting from aircraft blast or wind conditions. Material(s)/supplies shall not be stored within 500 feet of aircraft turning areas or movement areas. Stockpiled material(s)/supplies shall not exceed 15 feet in height unless the Contractor has complied with all requirements for airspace review. All material(s)/supplies shall be positioned so it will not obstruct the line of sight from the Control Tower to the Movement Area. III. Stockpiled material shall not be within 6 feet of an Airport perimeter fence. M. Nighttime work, not covered by the Contract Documents, requires 72 hours advanced approval, excluding weekends, by the Airport Operations. Lighting for nighttime work shall be shielded and positioned downward so as not to hinder the vision of the air traffic controllers in the control Tower or the pilots of moving aircraft. KKK. Debris, waste, and loose materials shall not be allowed on the Movement Area. If debris and/or loose materials are observed to be on active portions of the Movement Area,the Contractor shall be responsible for correcting the discrepancy immediately. The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling dust problems resulting from construction and clean-up processes. LLL. The Contractor will be working in an air operations area in which a high degree of care is necessary to control debris and dust. Spilled material on active roadways, runways, taxiways and aprons shall be swept up immediately. The Contractor will be aware that the construction area may be subject to jet blast and significant wind velocities. Dust control measures shall be required to prevent loose material from blowing within or outside the air operations area. MMM. If the Contractor uses, or if a haul road crosses any area used by aircraft, service or emergency vehicles, a vacuum power broom and/or hand sweeping will be used to keep this area clean of debris which could damage aircraft engines or propellers. The Contractor will be liable for any damages that occur. Power brooms and sweepers shall be vacuum capable. NNN. Prior to opening any Runway, Taxiway, Ramp, Apron or Associated Safety Area, that has been closed for construction; the Contractor shall arrange for an inspection by the Airport Operations. Page 133 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) 000. All barricades used by the Contractor to designate an unusable or hazardous area on the AOA, shall be secured in place against movement or jet blast. The Contractor shall ensure that all barricades and hazard lighting are operational prior to departing the construction area at the end of each workday. PPP. In accordance with FAR Part 139, Airport Operations shall, prior to the release of work crews, inspect all areas to ensure that: 1. Paved areas are free of surface variations in accordance with FAR Part 139. 2. All unpaved active safety areas are cleared and graded and have no potentially hazardous ruts, humps, depressions or other surface variations. 3. All trenches or excavations within active Runway and/or Taxiway safety areas are backfilled to support the weight of an aircraft or Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF) equipment. 4. If the trenches, excavations or hazardous areas have been authorized to remain in place, they are to be adequately plated and marked and lighted. QQQ. Location of haul routes on the Airport site shall be as shown on the CSPP or as approved by Airport Operations. All haul routes on the Airport shall be marked, when necessary, and maintained by the Contractor. These routes shall be restored to their original condition upon completion of the construction project. RRR. Construction equipment shall not be permitted to operate upon paved areas unless the equipment has pneumatic tires or special means, approved by the Engineer, provided to protect the pavement. SSS. All construction involving cranes shall be coordinated at least 72 hours in advance, excluding weekends, with the Airport Operations. This does not include the time required for airspace review. The following information is required: I. Location of the Crane. 2. Maximum extendable height. 3. Hours of operation. TTT. The top of each crane boom shall be marked by a 3' x 3' orange and white checkered flag—each box being 1'square. UUU. Each crane shall be lowered at night and during periods of poor visibility as directed by Airport Operations. In the event the crane is approved to remain extended during the hours from sunset to sunrise, the highest point of the crane boom will be lit with a red obstruction light in accordance with AC 70/7460-1 Construction Site Access And Haul Roads. The Contractor will not be permitted to use any access or haul roads other than those designated on the contract drawings. Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting(ARFF)right-of-way on access roads, haul roads, taxiways, and runways shall not be impeded at any time. 2.9 Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management. Waste and loose materials capable of causing damage to aircraft landing gears or propellers or capable of being ingested in jet engines, shall not be left or placed on or near active aircraft movement areas. Materials tracked onto these areas shall be continuously removed during the construction project. All waste or Page 134 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) loose materials which could attract wildlife shall be carefully controlled and removed on a continuous basis. The Contractor shall have adequate sweeping equipment and adequate dust control equipment on site at all times while the Contractor is working. END OF ITEM SP-10 Page 135 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) ITEM P-100 MOBILIZATION DESCRIPTION 100-1.1 This item shall include preparatory work, continuing work, and close out operations which are necessary direct costs to the Contractor but are of a general nature and not directly attributable to, or specified as incidental to, other pay items. This item shall include, but is not limited to, mobilization of equipment, facilities, personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site, except as provided in the contract as included under separate pay items. Equipment shall consist of machinery needed to accomplish the activities required to construct items described under the various bid items, including any batch plants that may be used. Facilities shall consist of mobile shelters used to perform administrative functions, and trailers used to perform equipment maintenance functions,and fuel storage tanks. Expenditures required to connect facilities to various public utility services can be included. This item also includes preconstruction costs exclusive of bidding costs; continuing general conditions and general maintenance of the contract; restoration and general clean-up of the contract areas, maintenance and repair of haul roads during and at project closeout; permit application preparation and associated fees; and other similar costs. Not included in this item are expendable supplies such as fuel, lubricants,and spare parts. Also not included are the materials which become a part of permanent physical features constructed under the contract. The total sum of all payments for this item shall not exceed the original contract amount bid for mobilization, regardless of the fact that the Contractor may have for any reason, shut down his work on the project, moved equipment away from the project and then back again, for additional quantities or items of work added to the contract. 101-1.2 POSTED NOTICES. Prior to commencement of construction activities, the Contractor must post the following documents in a prominent and accessible place where they may be easily viewed by all employees of the prime Contractor and by all employees of subcontractors engaged by the prime Contractor: Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Poster "Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" in accordance with the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Executive Order 11246, as amended; Davis Bacon Wage Poster (WH 1321) - DOL "Notice to All Employees" Poster; and Applicable Davis-Bacon Wage Rate Determination. These notices must remain posted until final acceptance of the work by the Owner. 101-1.3 SUBMITTALS. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are of good a quality and legible. Any deviations or substitutions from Specifications shall be identified, in writing, at the time the submittals are made. Page 136 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non-pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting only is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. Contractor shall identify each specification section or relevant bid item to which the submittal item is relevant. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor's submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section or other approved electronic method providing relevant document tracking. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified. 101-1.4 AIRFIELD SAFETY AND TRAFFIC CONTROL. Airfield Safety and Traffic Control shall include the special requirements with respect to safely conducting construction activities, coordinating construction with aircraft operations, and maintaining the construction site in a manner that is compatible with aircraft. All items required in Supplemental Provisions, Airport Safety and Security Requirements, shall be included in lump sum price for Airfield Safety and Traffic Control. 101-1.5 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE. The Contractor shall furnish field office and equipment specified in Section 60-01 of the General Provisions for the exclusive use of the Engineer. The building shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor and shall become the property of the Contractor when work is completed. Payment for this item shall be included in the lump sum price for mobilization. 101-1.6 UNDERGROUND UTILITY INVESTIGATION (POTHOLING). The plans depict underground utilities derived from record drawings and field investigations. Not all utilities locations or depths known. Contractor shall, no later than two months prior to completion of mobilization, coordinate for locate services, pothole utility locations and verify location and depth. All work shall be coordinated with and performed under the observation of the Engineer or their designated representative. Failure to locate identified utilities shall be cause to delay completion of mobilization phase. Payment for this item shall be included in the lump sum price for mobilization. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 101-2.1 Mobilization will be measured as a lump sum item. 101-2.2 Airfield Safety and Traffic Control will be measured as a lump sum item. BASIS OF PAYMENT 101-3.1 Payment of Mobilization. Based upon the contract lump sum price for Page 137 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) "Mobilization" partial payments will be allowed as follows: a. Upon acceptance of all submittals and establishment of the Engineer's Field Office, 25%. b. When 25% or more of the original contract is earned, an additional 25%. c. When 50% or more of the original contract is earned, an additional 40%. d. After Final Inspection, Staging area clean-up and delivery of all Project Closeout materials as required by Section 90-11 of the General Provisions, the final 10%. The Contract lump sum price paid for Mobilization shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, field office, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization as specified herein. Payments made for Mobilization will be excluded from consideration in determining compensation under changed quantities. 101-3.2 Payment for Mobilization, Airfield Safety and Traffic Control will be made at the Contract lump sum price. This price shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to completing the work. Payment will be made under: Item P-100.1 Mobilization, Airfield Safety and Traffic Control, Cleanup and Demobilization —per Lump Sum END OF ITEM P-100 Page 138 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) ITEM F-162 CHAIN-LINK FENCE DESCRIPTION 162-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing and erecting a chain-link fence in accordance with these specifications, the details shown on the plans, and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. MATERIALS 162-2.1 Fabric.The fabric shall be woven from a 9-gauge aluminum-coated steel wire in a 2- inch (50 mm) mesh and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A491. 162-2.2 Barbed wire. Barbed wire shall be 2-strand 12-1/2-gauge aluminum-coated wire with 4- point barbs and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A121, Class II. 162-2.3 Posts, rails, and braces. Line posts, rails, and braces shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F1043 or ASTM F1083 as follows: Galvanized tubular steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Group IA, (Schedule 40) coatings conforming to Type A, or Group IC (High Strength Pipe), External coating Type B, and internal coating Type B or D. The dimensions of the posts, rails, and braces shall be in accordance with Tables I through VI of Federal Specification RR-F-191/3. 162-2.4 Gates. Gate frames shall consist of galvanized steel pipe and shall conform to the specifications for the same material under paragraph 162-2.3. The fabric shall be of the same type material as used in the fence. 162-2.5 Wire ties and tension wires.Wire ties for use in conjunction with a given type of fabric shall be of the same material and coating weight identified with the fabric type. Tension wire shall be 7-gauge marcelled steel wire with the same coating as the fabric type and shall conform to ASTM A824. All material shall conform to Federal Specification RR-F-191/4. 162-2.6 Miscellaneous fittings and hardware. Miscellaneous steel fittings and hardware for use with aluminum-coated steel fabric shall be of commercial grade steel or better quality, wrought or cast as appropriate to the article, and sufficient in strength to provide a balanced design when used in conjunction with fabric posts, and wires of the quality specified herein. All steel fittings and hardware shall be protected with a zinc coating applied in conformance with ASTM A153. Barbed wire support arms shall withstand a load of 250 pounds (113 kg) applied vertically to the outermost end of the arm. 162-2.7 Concrete. Concrete shall be of a commercial grade with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi (17 240 kPa). 162-2.8 Marking. Each roll of fabric shall carry a tag showing the kind of base metal (steel, aluminum, or aluminum alloy number), kind of coating, the gauge of the wire, the length of fencing in the roll, and the name of the manufacturer. Posts, wire, and other fittings shall be identified as to manufacturer, kind of base metal (steel, aluminum, or aluminum alloy number), and kind of coating. Page 139 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-100 (7/21/2014) CONSTRUCTION METHODS 162-3.1 Clearing fence line.All trees, brush, stumps, logs, and other debris which would interfere with the proper construction of the fence in the required location shall be removed a minimum width of 5 feet(1.5 m) on each side of the fence centerline before starting fencing operations. The cost of removing and disposing of the material shall not constitute a pay item and shall be considered incidental to fence construction. 162-3.2 Installing posts.All posts shall be set in concrete at the required dimension and depth and at the spacing shown on the plans. The concrete shall be thoroughly compacted around the posts by tamping or vibrating and shall have a smooth finish slightly higher than the ground and sloped to drain away from the posts. Ali posts shall be set plumb and to the required grade and alignment. No materials shall be installed on the posts, nor shall the posts be disturbed in any manner within seven (7) days after the individual post footing is completed. Should rock be encountered at a depth less than the planned footing depth, a hole 2 inches (50 mm) larger than the greatest dimension of the posts shall be drilled to a depth of 12 inches (300 mm). After the posts are set, the remainder of the drilled hole shall be filled with grout, composed of one-part Portland cement and two parts mortar sand. Any remaining space above the rock shall be filled with concrete in the manner described above. In lieu of drilling, the rock may be excavated to the required footing depth. No extra compensation shall be made for rock excavation. 162-3.3 Installing top rails. The top rail shall be continuous and shall pass through the post tops. The coupling used to join the top rail lengths shall allow for expansion. 162-3.4 Installing braces. Horizontal brace rails, with diagonal truss rods and turnbuckles, shall be installed at all terminal posts. 162-3.5 Installing fabric. The wire fabric shall be firmly attached to the posts and braced as shown on the plans. All wire shall be stretched taut and shall be installed to the required elevations. The fence shall generally follow the contour of the ground, with the bottom of the fence fabric no less than one inch (25 mm) or more than 4 inches (100 mm) from the ground surface. Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat appearance. At locations of small natural swales or drainage ditches and where it is not practical to have the fence conform to the general contour of the ground surface, longer posts may be used, and multiple strands of barbed wire stretched to span the opening below the fence. The vertical clearance between strands of barbed wire shall be 6 inches (150 mm) or less. 162-3.6 Electrical grounds. Electrical grounds shall be constructed at 500 feet (150 m) intervals. The ground shall be accomplished with a copper clad rod 8 feet (2.4 m) long and a minimum of 5/8 inches (16 mm) in diameter driven vertically until the top is 6 inches (150 mm) below the ground surface. A No. 6 solid copper conductor shall be clamped to the rod and to the fence in such a manner that each element of the fence is grounded. Installation of ground rods shall not constitute a pay item and shall be considered incidental to fence construction. The Contractor shall comply with FAA-STD-019, Lightning and Surge Protection, Grounding, Bonding and Shielding Requirements for Facilities and Electronic Equipment, Paragraph 4.2.3.8, Lightning Protection for Fences and Gates, when fencing is adjacent to FAA facilities. 162-3.7 Cleaning up. The Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the completed work all tools, buildings, equipment, etc., used during construction. All disturbed areas shall be seeded per T-901. Page 140 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A121 Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products ASTM A153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A392 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric ASTM A491 Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric ASTM A572 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel ASTM A653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process ASTM A824 Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Steel Marcelled Tension Wire for Use With Chain Link Fence ASTM A1011 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High Strength Low Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra High Strength ASTM B117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray(Fog)Apparatus ASTM B221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes ASTM B429 Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube ASTM F668 Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC), Polyolefin and other Organic Polymer Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric ASTM F1043 Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel Industrial Fence Framework ASTM F1083 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)Welded, for Fence Structures ASTM F1183 Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy Chain Link Fence Fabric ASTM F1345 Standard Specification for Zinc 5%Aluminum-Mischmetal Alloy Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric ASTM G152 Standard Practice for Operating Open Flame Carbon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials ASTM G153 Standard Practice for Operating Enclosed Carbon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials ASTM G154 Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Ultraviolet (UV) Lamp Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials ASTM G155 Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials Page 141 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) FED SPEC RR-F-191/3 Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Posts, Top Rails and Braces) FED SPEC RR-F-191/4 Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Link Fence Accessories) FAA-STD-019 Lightning and Surge Protection, Grounding, Bonding and Shielding Requirements for Facilities and Electronic Equipment END OF ITEM F-162 Intentionally Left Blank Page 142 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) T-901 SEEDING DESCRIPTION 901-1.1 This item shall consist of soil preparation, seeding, fertilizing and liming the areas shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer in accordance with these specifications. MATERIALS 901-2.1 Seed. The species and application rates of grass, legume, and cover-crop seed furnished shall be those stipulated herein. Seed shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification JJJ-S-181, Federal Specification, Seeds, Agricultural. Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers labeled in conformance with the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) Seed Act and applicable state seed laws with the seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity and of germination and hard seed, and percentage of maximum weed seed content clearly marked for each kind of seed. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing within six (6) months of date of delivery. This statement shall include: name and address of laboratory, date of test, lot number for each kind of seed, and the results of tests as to name, percentages of purity and of germination, and percentage of weed content for each kind of seed furnished, and, in case of a mixture, the proportions of each kind of seed. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will be rejected. Seeds shall be applied as follows: Minimum Rate of Seed Minimum Seed Germination Application Purity(Percent) (Percent) Ib./acre (or lb./1,000 S.F.) Bermuda 100 lb./acre Common Bermuda 50 lb./acre (Hulled) Common Bermuda 50 lb./acre (Unhulled) Tall Fescue 100 lb./acre Seeding shall be performed during the period between February 16th and November 15th inclusive, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Page 143 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) 901-2,2 Lime. Lime shall be ground limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, and shall be ground to such fineness that 90% will pass through a No. 20 mesh sieve and 50% will pass through a No. 100 mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable, providing the rates of application are increased to provide not less than the minimum quantities and depth specified in the special provisions on the basis of the two sieve requirements above. Dolomitic lime or a high magnesium lime shall contain at least 10% of magnesium oxide. Lime shall be applied at the rate of 300 lb./acre. All liming materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C602. 901-2.3 Fertilizer. Fertilizer shall be standard commercial fertilizers supplied separately or in mixtures containing the percentages of total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water- soluble potash. They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified, and shall meet the requirements of applicable state laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name, weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers. The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms: a. A dry, free-flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a common fertilizer spreader; b.A finely-ground fertilizer soluble in water, suitable for application by power sprayers; or c. A granular or pellet form suitable for application by blower equipment. Fertilizers shall be 10-10-10 commercial fertilizer and shall be spread at the rate of 1000 lb./acre. Fertilizer application should be split 50/50 with 500 lb. at time of seeding and 500 lb. after initial seeding. 901-2.4 Soil for repairs.The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall be at least of equal quality to that which exists in areas adjacent to the area to be repaired. The soil shall be relatively free from large stones, roots, stumps, or other materials that will interfere with subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, and shall be approved by the Engineer before being placed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 901-3.1 Advance preparation and cleanup.After grading of areas has been completed and before applying fertilizer and ground limestone, areas to be seeded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris that might interfere with sowing of seed, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes has occurred after the completion of grading and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the Contractor shall repair such damage include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of not less than 5 inches (125 mm) as a result of grading operations and, if immediately prior to seeding, the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil is loose, friable, reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large roots, or other undesirable matter, and if shaped to the required grade. When the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, weedy, barren and unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall first be cut or otherwise satisfactorily disposed of, and the soil then scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth not less than 5 inches (125 mm). Clods shall be Page 144 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) broken and the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil shall be worked into a satisfactory seedbed by discing, or by use of cultipackers, rollers, drags, harrows, or other appropriate means. 901-3.2 Dry application method. a. Liming. Lime shall be applied separately and prior to the application of any fertilizer or seed and only on seedbeds that have previously been prepared as described above. The lime shall then be worked into the top 3 inches (75 mm) of soil after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. b. Fertilizing. Following advance preparations and cleanup fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at the rate that will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in paragraph 901- 2.3. c. Seeding. Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified in paragraph 901-2.1 immediately after fertilizing. The fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the special provisions. Seeds of legumes, either alone or in mixtures, shall be inoculated before mixing or sowing, in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding is required at other than the seasons shown on the plans or in the special provisions, a cover crop shall be sown by the same methods required for grass and legume seeding. d. Rolling.After the seed has been properly covered, the seedbed shall be immediately compacted by means of an approved lawn roller, weighing 40 to 65 pounds per foot(60 to 97 kg per meter) of width for clay soil (or any soil having a tendency to pack), and weighing 150 to 200 pounds per foot(223 to 298 kg per meter) of width for sandy or light soils. 901-3.3 Wet application method. a. General.The Contractor may elect to apply seed and fertilizer(and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the methods and equipment described herein. The rates of application shall be as specified in the special provisions. b. Spraying equipment.The spraying equipment shall have a container or water tank equipped with a liquid level gauge calibrated to read in increments not larger than 50 gallons (190 liters) over the entire range of the tank capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container or tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power-driven agitator capable of keeping all the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at all times until used. The unit shall also be equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering 100 gallons (380 liters) per minute at a pressure of 100 lb. /sq. inches (690 kPa). The pump shall be mounted in a line that will recirculate the mixture through the tank whenever it is not being sprayed from the nozzle.All pump passages and pipe lines shall be capable of providing clearance for 5/8-inch (16 mm) solids. The power unit for the pump and agitator shall have controls mounted so as to be accessible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure gauge connected and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle. The nozzle pipe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in such a manner that it can be rotated through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above the horizontal. There shall be a quick-acting, three-way control valve connecting the recirculating line to the nozzle pipe and mounted so that the nozzle operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be supplied so that mixtures may be properly sprayed over distance varying from 20 to 100 feet (6 to 30 m). One shall be a close-range ribbon nozzle, one Page 145 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) a medium-range ribbon nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of removal and cleaning, all nozzles shall be connected to the nozzle pipe by means of quick-release couplings. In order to reach areas inaccessible to the regular equipment, an extension hose at least 50 feet(15 m) in length shall be provided to which the nozzles may be connected. c. Mixtures. Lime, if required, shall be applied separately, in the quantity specified, prior to the fertilizing and seeding operations. Not more than 220 pounds (100 kg) of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons (380 liters)of water. Seed and fertilizer shall be mixed together in the relative proportions specified, but not more than a total of 220 pounds (100 kg) of these combined solids shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons (380 liters) of water. All water used shall be obtained from fresh water sources and shall be free from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life. Brackish water shall not be used at any time. The Contractor shall identify to the Engineer all sources of water at least two (2) weeks prior to use. The Engineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any time and have a laboratory test the samples for chemical and saline content. The Contractor shall not use any water from any source that is disapproved by the Engineer following such tests. All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until they are finally applied to the seedbed.All such mixtures shall be used within two (2) hours from the time they were mixed, or they shall be wasted and disposed of at approved locations. d. Spraying. Lime, if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously prepared seedbeds. After the applied lime mixture has dried, the lime shall be worked into the top 3 inches (75 mm), after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. Mixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously prepared seedbeds on which the lime, if required, shall already have been worked in. The mixtures shall be applied by means of a high-pressure spray that shall always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will fall to the ground like rain in a uniform spray. Nozzles or sprays shall never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion or runoff. Particular care shall be exercised to ensure that the application is made uniformly and at the prescribed rate and to guard against misses and overlapped areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in accordance with specifications shall be used to cover specified sections of known area. Checks on the rate and uniformity of application may be made by observing the degree of wetting of the ground or by distributing test sheets of paper or pans over the area at intervals and observing the quantity of material deposited thereon. On surfaces that are to be mulched as indicated by the plans or designated by the Engineer, seed and fertilizer applied by the spray method need not be raked into the soil or rolled. However, on surfaces on which mulch is not to be used, the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil has dried. 901-3.4 Maintenance of seeded areas. The Contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades, as approved by the Engineer. Surfaces gullied, or otherwise damaged following seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The Contractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain seeded areas in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. When either the dry or wet application method outlined above is used for work done out of season, it will be required that the Contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color Page 146 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) and density to the satisfaction of the Engineer. A grass stand shall be considered adequate when bare spots are one square foot (0.01 sq. m) or less, randomly dispersed, and do not exceed 3% of the area seeded. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM C602 Standard Specification for Agricultural Liming Materials ASTM D977 Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt FED SPEC JJJ-S-181, Federal Specification, Seeds, Agricultural END OF ITEM T-901 Page 147 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) SECTION 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements. B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams,bar arrangement,splices and laps,mechanical connections,tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Steel reinforcement and accessories. Page 148 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 4. Curing compounds. 5. Floor and slab treatments. 6. Adhesives. 7. Vapor barriers. 8. Semirigid joint filler. 9. Joint-filler strips. 10. Repair materials. B. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency: 1. Aggregates: Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F(4.4 deg C)for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M)and ACI 305.1 (ACI 305.1M), and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature,provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. Page 149 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 2. ACI 117(ACI 117M). 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60(Grade 420), deformed. B. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M, fabricated from ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed bars, assembled with clips. C. Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement:ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars:ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60(Grade 420),plain-steel bars,cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view,where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. B. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement:ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I Type II Type I/II, gray. 2. Fly Ash:ASTM C 618, Class F. 3. Slag Cement: ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120. C. Normal-Weight Aggregates:ASTM C 33/C 33M. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Coarse Aggregate: Coarse Aggregate shall conform to the requirement of ASTM C33, Class 1M or 2M (where appropriate)and shall be graded as follows: a. C.A. Mix 200: Use Size No. 357 or a combination of Size No. 3 and Size No. 57 with aggregate Size No. 3 comprising 35 to 65 percent of the total Page 150 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) amount of coarse aggregate (2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. b. C.A. Mix 150: Use Size No. 467 or a combination of Size No.4 and Size No.67 with aggregate Size No.4 comprising 35 to 65 percent of the total amount of coarse aggregate (1-112-inch nominal maximum aggregate size). c. C.A. Mix 100: Use Size No. 57 (1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size). d. C.A. Mix 075: Use Size No. 67 (3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size). e. C.A. Mix 050: Use Size No. 7 (1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size). 2. Application of Coarse Aggregate: Nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars, one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms, or one-third of the thickness of slabs or toppings. 3. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33, Paragraph 6, Grading, and shall be free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. D. Air-Entraining Admixture:ASTM C 260/C 260M. E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High-Range,Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture:ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. F. Water:ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 VAPOR BARRIER A. Sheet Vapor Barrier: ASTM E 1745, 15 Mil thickness, Class A. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape. 2.6 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. BASF Corp. - Construction Chemicals. b. ChemMasters. Inc. c. ChemTec Infl. d. Dayton Superior. Page 151 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) e. Euclid Chemical Company (The): an RPM company. 2.7 WET CURE, CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder:Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Corp. - Construction Chemicals. b. ChemMasters, Inc. c. Dayton Superior. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m)when dry. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. 2.8 POST WET CURE, CURING MATERIALS A. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A, 30% Solids by Weight. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Corp. - Construction Chemicals. b. ChemMasters, Inc. c. Dayton Superior. d. W. R. Meadows, Inc. 2.9 POST WET CURE, PENETRATING SEALER MATERIALS A. Clear, Breathable, High-Performance, Solvent-Borne, Silane Sealer, 100%Silane by Weight 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals- Building Systems b. ChemMasters Page 152 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) c. Dayton Superior Corporation 2.10 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion-and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, aromatic polyurea with a Type A shore durometer hardness range of 90 to 95 according to ASTM D 2240. 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment:Cement-based,polymer-modified,self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch(3.2 mm)and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. B. Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. 2. Slag Cement: 50 percent. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. Page 153 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 1. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required,for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 2.13 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Footings: Normal-weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi(27.6 MPa)at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 8 inches(200 mm)for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches(50 to 100 mm) before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch(25 mm). 4. Air Content 5.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch (38- mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-inch (25-mm)to 3/4-inch (19-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. B. Slabs-on-Grade: Normal-weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45. 3. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: a. 1-1/2-inch nominal aggregate size: 470 lb./cu. yd. (279 kg/cu. m). b. 1-inch nominal aggregate size: 520 lb./cu. yd. (309 kg/cu. m). c. 3/4-inch nominal aggregate size: 540 lb./cu. yd. (320 kg/cu. m). d. 1//2-inch nominal aggregate size: 610 lb./cu. yd. (348 kg/cu. m). 4. Slump Limit: 8 inches(200 mm)for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches(50 to 100 mm)before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). 5. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floors to exceed 3 percent. 2.14 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice." 2.15 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F(30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. Page 154 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design,erect,shore, brace,and maintain formwork,according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M),to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size,shape,alignment,elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117(ACI 117M). C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm)for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch(6 mm)for rough-formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast-concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, relets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. _ Do not use rust-stained steel form facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings,templates,diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Page 155 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C)for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations, and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORING AND RESHORING INSTALLATION A. Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M) and ACI 301 (ACI 301M) for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. 1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete. 3.5 VAPOR-BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Sheet Vapor Barrier: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor barrier according to ASTM E 1643 1 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches(150 mm)and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor barrier. Repair damage and reseal vapor barrier before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,earth, ice,and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position,support,and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. Page 156 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded-wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired,at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated.Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches(38 mm)into concrete. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-(3.2-mm-)wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint,terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch(13 mm)or more than 1 inch(25 mm) below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants,"are indicated. 3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery,at Project site,or during placement unless approved by Architect. Page 157 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm)into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, to receive a rubbed finish, or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. C. Rubbed Finish:Apply the following to smooth-formed-finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform Page 158 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces,strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish:While still plastic,texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch (6 mm) in one direction. 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to receive concrete floor toppings. C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power-driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish and to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin-film- finish coating system. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M), for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs-on-grade. E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish:Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thinset method.While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces. F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. Page 159 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEM INSTALLATION A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. 3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305.1 (ACI 305.1M) for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb./sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure slabs according to ACI 308.1, by the following methods: 1. Wet Cure: Moisture Curing or Moisture Retaining Cover Curing for a period of not less than seven (7)days. a. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven (7) days with the following materials 1) Water. 2) Continuous water-fog spray. 3) Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. b. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing:Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven (7)days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. Page 160 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) 2. Post-Wet Cure, Curing Compound: a. All new exposed interior and exterior flatwork and other new exposed concrete surfaces not scheduled, specified, or noted to receive post-cure penetrating sealers, ceramic tile, or other bonded systems, coatings, or finish materials shall receive a liquid- applied, post-wet cure, curing compound after wet curing seven(7)days as specified,to extend the curing process. b. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions immediately after the seven (7) day wet cure. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.13 POST-WET CURE, PENETRATING SEALER: A. New concrete floors scheduled to be sealed on Room Finish Schedule shall receive a post-wet cure penetrating sealer after full seven (7) day wet cure and an additional 21-day drying/aging period. B. Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subject to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. 3.14 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove dirt,debris,saw cuttings,curing compounds,and sealers from joints;leave contact faces of joints clean and dry. C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches(50 mm)deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar:Mix dry-pack patching mortar,consisting of 1-part Portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch (19 mm). Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar Page 161 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white Portland cement and standard Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm)wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch(6 mm)to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane,and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch (19-mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete, except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used,subject to Architect's approval. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: Page 162 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Verification of use of required design mixture. 3. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 4. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 5. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100-cu, yd. (76 cu. m) or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231/C 231M, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete;one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F(4.4 deg C)and below or 80 deg F(27 deg C)and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens:ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure three sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days, one set of two specimens at 28 days,and one set of two specimens at 56 days. a. Test one set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days, one set of two specimens at 28 days, and one set of two specimens at 56 days. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 7. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory- cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three- consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). 9. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect,concrete manufacturer,and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number,date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days,concrete mixture proportions and materials,compressive breaking strength,and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests. Page 163 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 10. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 11. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 12. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 13. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M) within 24 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION 033000 SECTION 087100— DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following: 1. Swinging doors. 2. Sliding doors. 3. Other doors to the extent indicated. B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: Page 164 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 1. Mechanical door hardware. 2. Electromechanical door hardware. 3. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section"Hollow Metal Doors and Frames". 2. Division 08 Section"Flush Wood Doors". 3. Division 08 Section"Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts". 4. Division 08 Section"Automatic Entrances". 5. Division 28 Section"Access Control". D. Codes and References:Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1. ANSI A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC/IBC-International Building Code. 3. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code. 6. NFPA 105-Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments. E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards: 1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards-A156 Series 2. UL10C—Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. Page 165 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following: 1. Wiring Diagrams: Upon receipt of approved schedules, submit detailed system wiring diagrams for power, signaling, monitoring, communication, and control of the access control system electrified hardware.Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field- installed wiring. Include the following: a. Elevation diagram of each unique access-controlled opening showing location and interconnection of major system components with respect to their placement in the respective door openings. b. Complete (risers, point-to-point) access control system block wiring diagrams. c. Wiring instructions for each electronic component scheduled herein. 2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections the voltages and wiring details required at electrically controlled and operated hardware openings. D. Keying Schedule:After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions.Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores. E. Informational Submittals: 1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency. F. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance. Page 166 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated. 1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or third-party source will not be accepted. 2. Provide electromechanical door hardware from the same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with the referenced standards. F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying schedule document: 1. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required. 2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion. 3. Requirements for key control storage and software. 4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software. 5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys. G. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s),and Contractor(s)to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware. 1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and physical product samples as required. 2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access-controlled opening. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures H, At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule. Page 167 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the"Keying Conference". 1.6 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Door Hardware and Electrical Connections: Coordinate the layout and installation of scheduled electrified door hardware and related access control equipment with required connections to source power junction boxes,low voltage power supplies,detection and monitoring hardware,and fire and detection alarm systems. C. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation. C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. D. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Ten years for mortise locks and latches. 2. Seven years for heavy duty cylindrical (bored) locks and latches. 3. Five years for exit hardware. Page 168 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 4. Twenty-five years for manual surface door closer bodies. 5. Five years for motorized electric latch retraction exit devices. 6. Two years for electromechanical door hardware. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware Sets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under. B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturer's Products:Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and electromechanical door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in writing and in accordance with the procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01, Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the discretion of the architect, owner, and their designated consultants. 2.2 HANGING DEVICES A. Hinges:ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges with number of hinge knuckles as specified in the Door Hardware Sets. 1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity, unless otherwise indicated: a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches. b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. c. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches. d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches. 2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required: a. Widths up to 3'0": 4-1/2" standard or heavy weight as specified. b. Sizes from 3'1"to 4'0": 5" standard or heavy weight as specified. Page 169 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight. b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight. 4. Hinge Options: Comply with the following: a. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that,when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for the all out-swinging lockable doors. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Hager Companies (HA). b. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK). c. Stanley Hardware (ST). B. Pivots: ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, certified. Space intermediate pivots equally not less than 25 inches on center apart or not more than 35 inches on center for doors over 121 inches high. Pivot hinges to have oil impregnated bronze bearing in the top pivot and a radial roller and thrust bearing in the bottom pivot with the bottom pivot designed to carry the full weight of the door. Pivots to be UL listed for windstorm where applicable. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Dorma Products (DO). b. Rixson Door Controls (RF). 2.3 POWER TRANSFER DEVICES A. Electrified Quick Connect Transfer Hinges: Provide electrified transfer hinges with MolexTM standardized plug connectors and sufficient number of concealed wires(up to 12)to accommodate the electrified functions specified in the Door Hardware Sets. Connectors plug directly to through- door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - QC (#wires) Option. b. Stanley Hardware (ST)—C Option. B. Electrified Quick Connect Intermediate Transfer Pivots: Provide electrified offset intermediate transfer pivot' hinges with Molex standardized plug connectors and sufficient number of concealed wires(up to 12)to accommodate the electrified functions specified in the Door Hardware Sets. Connectors plug directly to through-door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies.Wire nut connections are not acceptable. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Page 170 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-l OG (7/21/2014) a. Rixson Door Controls (RF) - E-M19-QC (#wires). C. Concealed Quick Connect Electric Power Transfers: Provide concealed wiring pathway housing mortised into the door and frame for low voltage electrified door hardware. Furnish with MolexTM' standardized plug connectors and sufficient number of concealed wires(up to 12)to accommodate the electrified functions specified in the Door Hardware Sets. Connectors plug directly to through- door wiring harnesses for connection to electric locking devices and power supplies. Wire nut connections are not acceptable. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Pemko Products;ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories(PE)—EL- CEPT Series. b. Securitron (SU)- EL-CEPT Series. c. Stanley Hardware (ST) EPT-12C Series. 2.4 DOOR OPERATING TRIM A. Flush Bolts and Surface Bolts:ANSI/BHMA A156.3 and A156.16, Grade 1, certified. 1. Flush bolts to be furnished with top rod of sufficient length to allow bolt retraction device location approximately six feet from the floor. 2. Furnish dust proof strikes for bottom bolts. 3. Surface bolts to be minimum 8" in length and U.L. listed for labeled fire doors and U.L. listed for windstorm components where applicable. 4. Provide related accessories(mounting brackets, strikes,coordinators, etc.)as required for appropriate installation and operation. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Door Controls International (DC). b. Rockwood Products;ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). c. Trimco (TC). B. Coordinators: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 certified door coordinators consisting of active-leaf, hold-open lever and inactive-leaf release trigger. Model as indicated in hardware sets. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Door Controls International (DC). b. Rockwood Products;ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). 2.5 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum(10)years experience designing secured master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same source manufacturer as locksets and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated. C. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following: 1. Mortise Type:Threaded cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application. Page 171 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) 2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 3. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. 4. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush and be free spinning with matching finishes. 5. Keyway: Match Facility Standard. D. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; complying with the following: 1. Interchangeable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; usable with other manufacturers'cylinders. E. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed. 1. Conduct specified"Keying Conference"to define and document keying system instructions and requirements. 2. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner. 3. Existing System: Key locks to Owner's existing system. F. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys: 1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two(2) 2. Master Keys(per Master Key Level/Group): Five(5). 3. Construction Keys(where required):Ten(10). G. Construction Keying: Provide construction master keyed cylinders. H. Key Registration List(Bitting List): 1. Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control software. 2. Provide transcript list in writing or electronic file as directed by the Owner. 3. Furnish a list of opening numbers with locking devices, showing cylinder types and quantities required when cylinders or cores are to be owner furnished. 2.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES A. Mortise Locksets, High Security: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 certified mortise locksets conforming to impact requirements of ASTM F1577-95b Detention Locks for Swinging Doors 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA)—9200 Series. b. No Substitution. B. Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty):ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 certified. Locksets are to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant steel case and be field- reversible for handing without disassembly of the lock body. Page 172 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 1. Extended cycle test:Locks to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA 156.13 requirements to 10 million cycles. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA)—8200 Series. b. No Substitution. C. Cylindrical Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty):ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 certified. 1. Furnish with solid cast levers, standard 2 3/4" backset, and 1/2" (3/4" at rated paired openings)throw brass or stainless steel latchbolt. 2. Locks are to be non-handed and fully field reversible. 3. Extended cycle test: Locks to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA 156.2 requirements to 9 million cycles. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA)— 10 Line. b. No Substitution. 2.7 ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKING DEVICES A. Electromechanical Mortise Locksets,Grade 1 (Heavy Duty):Subject to same compliance standards and requirements as mechanical mortise locksets, electrified locksets to be of type and design as specified below. 1. Electrified Lock Options:Where indicated in the Hardware Sets, provide electrified options including:outside door lock/unlock trim control,latchbolt and lock/unlock status monitoring, deadbolt monitoring, and request-to-exit signaling. Support end-of-line resistors contained within the lock case. Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrified locksets standard as fail secure. 2. Energy Efficient Design: Provide lock bodies which have a holding current draw of 15mA maximum and can operate on either 12 or 24 volts. Locks are to be field configurable for fail safe or fail secure operation. 3. High Security Monitoring: Provide lock bodies which have built-in request to exit monitoring and are provided with accompanying door position switches. Provide a resistor configuration which is compatible with the access control system. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) -8200 Series. b. No Substitution. 2.8 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES Page 173 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/20I4) A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. 4. Double-lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable stop for rescue hardware applications. B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36. 4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16. 2.9 ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCKING DEVICES A. Surface Electromagnetic Locks (Heavy Duty): Electromagnetic locks to be surface mounted type conforming to ANSI A156.23, Grade 2 with minimum holding force strength of 1,200 pounds. Locks to be capable of accepting between 12 to 24 volts direct current and be UL listed for use on fire rated door assemblies. Electromagnetic coils are to consume no more than 1.5W during normal operation. Locks are to have an integrated door position switch, tamper switch, and lock bond sensor. Locks are to have integrated motion sensor and/or security camera as indicated in the hardware sets.Locks to be capable of detecting door prop conditions and entering low power mode. Provide mounting accessories as needed to suit opening conditions. Power supply to be by the same manufacturer as the lock with combined products having a lifetime replacement warranty. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Securitron (SU)—M680E Series. 2.10 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Standard Electric Strikes: Heavy duty, cylindrical and mortise lock electric strikes conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1, UL listed for both Burglary Resistance and for use on fire rated door assemblies.Stainless steel construction with dual interlocking plunger design tested to exceed 3000 lbs. of static strength and 350 ft-lbs. of dynamic strength. Strikes tested for a minimum 1 million operating cycles. Provide strikes with 12 or 24 VDC capability and supplied standard as fail- secure unless otherwise specified. Option available for latchbolt and Iatchbolt strike monitoring indicating both the position of the latchbolt and locked condition of the strike. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. HES (HS). 2.11 CONVENTIONAL EXIT DEVICES A. General Requirements:All exit devices specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: Page 174 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 1. At doors not requiring a fire rating, provide devices complying with NFPA 101 and listed and labeled for "Panic Hardware" according to UL305. Provide proper fasteners as required by manufacturer including sex nuts and bolts at openings specified in the Hardware Sets. 2. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide devices complying with NFPA 80 and with UL labeling indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". Provide devices with the proper fasteners for installation as tested and listed by UL. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements. 3. Except on fire rated doors, provide exit devices with hex key dogging device to hold the pushbar and latch in a retracted position. Provide optional keyed cylinder dogging on devices where specified in Hardware Sets. 4. Devices must fit flat against the door face with no gap that permits unauthorized dogging of the push bar. The addition of filler strips is required in any case where the door light extends behind the device as in a full glass configuration. 5. Electromechanical Options: Subject to same compliance standards and requirements as mechanical exit devices, electrified devices to be of type and design as specified in hardware sets. Include any specific controllers when conventional power supplies are not sufficient to provide the proper inrush current. 6. Motorized Electric Latch Retraction: Devices with an electric latch retraction feature must use motors which have a maximum current draw of 600mA.Solenoid driven latch retraction is not acceptable. 7. Lever Operating Trim:Where exit devices require lever trim,furnish manufacturer's heavy- duty escutcheon trim with threaded studs for thru-bolts. a. Lock Trim Design: As indicated in Hardware Sets, provide finishes and designs to match that of the specified locksets. b. Where function of exit device requires a cylinder, provide a cylinder (Rim or Mortise) as specified in Hardware Sets. 8. Vertical Rod Exit Devices: Where surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices are used at interior openings,provide as less bottom rod(LBR)unless otherwise indicated. Provide dust proof strikes where thermal pins are required to project into the floor. 9. Narrow Stile Applications: At doors constructed with narrow stiles, or as specified in Hardware Sets, provide devices designed for maximum 2"wide stiles. 10. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar. 11. Extended cycle test: Devices to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA 156.3 requirements to 50 million cycles. 12. Rail Sizing: Provide exit device rails factory sized for proper door width application. 13. Through Bolt Installation: For exit devices and trim as indicated in Door Hardware Sets, Page 175 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-l OG(7/21/2014) B. Conventional Push Rail Exit Devices (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1 certified panic and fire exit hardware devices furnished in the functions specified in the Hardware Sets. Exit device latch to be stainless steel, pullman type, with deadlock feature. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Detex (DE)-Advantex Series b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 80 Series. c. No Substitution. 2.12 DOOR CLOSERS A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style,with the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non-handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover. 2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL-10C for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire rated doors. 3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL. 4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather,and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1. 5. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in Hardware Sets. 6. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install closers on door for optimum aesthetics. 7. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation. Provide through-bolt and security type fasteners as specified in the hardware sets. B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Large Body Cast Iron): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 surface mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one-piece cast iron body construction, with adjustable backcheck and separate non-critical valves for closing sweep and latch speed control. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - DC8000 Series. b. Norton Door Controls (NO)—9500 Series. c. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) -281 Series. 2.13 SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER HOLDERS Page 176 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) A. Multi-Point Closer Holders with Motion Sensor:ANSI A156.15, Grade 1 certified multi-point, closer holder devices designed to keep doors in a held-open position if presence is detected within the opening. Push side or pull side mounting applications having a maximum opening of 180° (hold open to 175°)and dual voltage input(24V/120V).Voltage to be 24VDC unless otherwise specified_ Units are fail safe,closing the door in the event of fire alarm system or electrical power interruption. 1. Safe Zone Detection: Closer holders units to have an integral motion sensor device monitoring a "zone of safety"at the door opening. Safe zone detection prevents the door from closing in event of movement within the adjustable sensing field. Movement is detectable in both directions with selectable closer hold open time and senor sensitivity. Provide optional handheld device for programming safe zone sensor settings. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Norton Door Controls (NO)-7100SZ Series. 2.14 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM A. Door Protective Trim 1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. 2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door width (LDW)on stop side of single doors and 1" LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be as specified in the Hardware Sets. 3. Where plates are applied to fire rated doors with the top of the plate more than 16"above the bottom of the door, provide plates complying with NFPA 80. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements for size and applications. 4. Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), fabricated from the following: a. Stainless Steel: 300 grade, 050-inch thick. 5. Options and fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the Hardware Sets. Provide countersunk screw holes. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). c. Trimco (TC). 2.15 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Page 177 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall bumpers. Provide wall bumpers,either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated, unless floor or other types of door stops are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall bumpers are not appropriate, provide overhead type stops and holders. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). c. Trimco (TC). 2.16 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated.At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated. B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing:Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings. C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL-10C. 1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NPFA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. D. Sound-Rated Gasketing:Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated. E. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. F. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1, National Guard Products(NG). 2. Pemko Products;ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories(PE). 3. Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE). 2.17 ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES 1. Refer to specification 281000 Access Control System B. Exit Delay Locking Systems: Exit delay locking systems are fully integrated units consisting of a minimum 1200-pound holding force magnetic lock, movement initiating device, reset bypass switch, and exit delay timer module. Unit to include an adjustable initiation gap allowing door travel of up to 1 inch before going into alarm condition. Operates on either 12VDC or 24VDC. Page 178 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Security Door Controls (SD) - 101 Exit Check Series. b. Securitron (SU)-iMXD Series. C. Door Position Switches: Door position magnetic reed contact switches specifically designed for use in commercial door applications. On recessed models the contact and magnetic housing snap-lock into a 1"diameter hole. Surface mounted models include wide gap distance design complete with armored flex cabling. Provide SPDT, N/O switches with optional Rare Earth Magnet installation on steel doors with flush top channels. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA)—3280 Series. b. Security Door Controls (SD) - DPS Series. c. Securitron (SU)-DPS Series. D. Power Supplies: Provide Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory Listed 12VDC or 24VDC (field selectable)filtered and regulated power supplies. Include battery backup option with integral battery charging capability in addition to operating the DC load in event of line voltage failure. Provide the least number of units, at the appropriate amperage level, sufficient to exceed the required total draw for the specified electrified hardware and access control equipment. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Securitron (SU) -BPS Series. E. Local Alarm Audible and Visual—Local alarm with visual and audible annunciation 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Grainger(GR)-869STRB-N5 2.18 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine,wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. 2.19 FINISHES A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S.finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products. B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,temporary protective covering before shipping. Page 179 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series. B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI Al 15-W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." 3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." E. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed.Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Page 180 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) Hardware Sets Set: 1.0 Doors: 178, 150 Description: SVR Exits, ELR, CR 2 Surface Vert Rod Exit 55 56 72 NB8710 313 x 862 US32D SA S 1 Door Loop (Power Transfer) TSB-C SU 5 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 2 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU s Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily retracts latchbolt at active leaf- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides signal to monitor panel. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar always allows egress. Set: 2.0 Doors: 100, 101 Description: Rim Exit, ELR, CR 1 Rim Exit Device 55 56 72 8804 862 US32D SA S 1 Door Loop (Power Transfer) TSB-C SU S 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU s Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily retracts latchbolt- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides signal to monitor panel. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar always allows egress. Page 182 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) Set: 3.0 Doors: 106 Description: CRs Only- Sliding Door(s) 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD Notes: Balance of existing hardware to remain. Coordinate with Owner for existing hardware interface and operation. Set: 4.0 Doors: 132, 152, 157, 159, 165, 167, 191, 192, 194 Description: Aperio Wireless Lock Only 1 Wireless EAC Lock (Aperio) 72 IN100-7976 IP B OBL US26D SA S 1 Hub AH30R12 SA S Notes: Patch and repair any holes or marks leftover from original lockset. Access control panel and security management software by security integrator. OPERATION: Outside integral reader/keypad temporarily unlocks outside lever: auto- relock. Lock electronics are battery powered. Electronic function is fail-secure with outside key override. Inside lever always allows egress and includes REX. Lock includes door position switch and latchbolt monitor switch. Set: 5.0 Doors: 119, 121, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 131, 133, 193 Description: Rim Exit x Del Egress 1 Elect Rim Exit x Del Egress 59 72 8876-24v ETL US32D SA S 3 Hinge (heavy weight) T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 3 Hinge (anchor, heavy weight) TA394 US32D MK 1 Door Loop (Power Transfer) TSB-C SU S 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. Cover preps in door and Page 183 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements,including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment:Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware. 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process.Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality. Page 181 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) frame from existing hardware that is removed. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever for entry - auto relock. Inside card reader overrides delayed egress. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar initiates delayed egress sequence: door remains locked for 30 seconds, then unlocks to allow egress. Door allows immediate egress on fire alarm or loss of power. Set: 6.0 Doors: 187, 194 Description: Rim Exit x CR 1 Electrified Rim Exit (Fail Secure) 55 72 (12) 8876-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Door Loop (Power Transfer) TSB-C SU S 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever- auto relock. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar always allows egress. Set: 7.0 Doors: 180, 183 Description: Elec Rim Exit x Alarm, 3 butts & anchor hinge, EPT 3 Hinge (heavy weight) T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Hinge (anchor, heavy weight) TA394 US32D MK 1 Electrified Rim Exit (Fail Secure) 55 72 (12) 8876-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Electric Power Transfer CEPT-10 SU S 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Page 184 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever for entry- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides signal to alarm. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar always allows egress, but sounds alarm if card reader isn't used. Set: 8.0 Doors: 176, 179, 181, 182, 184, 185, 195 Description: Elec Rim Exit x Alarm, 3 butts & anchor hinge, EPT (Del Egress) 3 Hinge (heavy weight) T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Hinge (anchor, heavy weight) TA394 US32D MK 1 Elect Rim Exit x Del Egress 59 72 8876-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Electric Power Transfer CEPT-10 SU S 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides delayed egress. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar initiates delayed egress sequence: door remains locked for 30 seconds, then unlocks to allow egress. Door allows immediate egress on fire alarm or loss of power. Set: 9.0 Not Used Set: 10.0 Not Used Set: 11.0 Doors: 134, 135 Description: Mortise Exit x EL Lever(fail secure) Page 185 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 1 Electrified Mortise Exit (Fail Secure) 55 72 8976-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Wall Multiclass Reader + Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Electric Power Transfer CEPT-10 SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever- auto relock. Pushbar allows for immediate egress. Set: 12.0 Doors: 112 Description: Del Egress Rim Exit, New Hinges x anchor hinge, new W/S 3 Hinge (heavy weight) T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 3 Hinge (anchor, heavy weight) TA394 US32D MK 1 Elect Rim Exit x Del Egress 59 72 8876-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Gasketing 2891AS TKSP8 PE 1 Door Loop (Power Transfer) TSB-C SU S 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Permanent cores by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever for entry- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides delayed egress. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar initiates delayed egress sequence: door remains locked for 30 seconds, then unlocks to allow egress. Door allows immediate egress on fire alarm or loss of power. Page 186 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) Set: 13.0 Doors: 123 Description: Electric Strike (cylindrical) 1 Electric Strike (cyl, 4-7/8") 8000C-LBM 630 HS S 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Push Button EEB2 SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep strike jamb for electric strike. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks electric strike-auto relock. Inside pushbutton overrides signal to monitor panel. Device is fail-secure. Inside lever always allows egress. Set: 14.0 Doors: 113, 117, 118, 140, 144, 145, 147, 148, 149, 169, 177 Description: EL Mortise Lock, CR I/S & 0/S 1 Elec Mortise Lock (Fail Secure)72 NAC-82271-24v LNL US26D SA S 1 Door Loop (Power Transfer) TSB-C SU 5 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlock outside lever- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides signal to monitor panel. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch, door monitor switch and outside key override. Inside lever always allows egress. Set: 15.0 Doors: 111, 142, 168, 175, 186 Description: Electric Strike (mortise) Page 187 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 1 Electric Strike (mort, 4-7/8") 8500-LBM 630 HS $ 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Push Button EEB2 SU $ 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep strike jamb for electromechanical device. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks electric strike- auto relock. Inside pushbutton overrides signal to monitor panel. Device is fail-secure. Inside lever always allows egress Set: 16.0 Doors: 129, 130 Description: Elec Rim Exit x Local Alarm, Door Loop 1 Electrified Rim Exit (Fail Secure) 55 72 (12) 8876-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Door Loop (Power Transfer) TSB-C SU 5 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlock outside lever- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides signal to monitor panel and shunts local alarm. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch, door monitor switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar always allows egress. Set: 17.0 Doors: 150 Description: Aperio Lock (Pair of Doors) 1 Wireless EAC Lock (Aperio) 72 IN100-7976 IP B OBL US26D SA S 1 Hub AH3OR12 SA 5 Page 188 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. OPERATION: Card reader integrated in lockset outside temporarily unlock outside lever at active leaf- auto relock. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch, door monitor switch and outside key override. Inside lever acts as RX and always allows egress. Set: 18.0 Doors: 138, 139 Description: Elec Mortise Lock (Fail Secure). ETW Hinge 1 Hinge (heavy weight) T4A3386 QC12 US32D MK S 1 Elect Mortise Lock/Deadbolt (Fail Secure) 72 NAC-82281-24v LNL US26D SA 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlock outside lever- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides signal to monitor panel. Device is fail-secure and outside key override. Inside lever always allows egress. Set: 19.0 Not Used Set: 20.0 Doors: 103, 120 Description: Gate Lock, Closer, and Reader Replacement 1 Gate Lock GL1-FLM SU 1 Cylinder 72 41 101 US15 SA 1 Gate Hinge & Closer Mammoth 180-ZILV 689 OT 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD Page 189 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG(7/21/2014) 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR S 1 Bracket FMB9-4 SU S 1 Bracket FMK-SW SU 5 Notes: Balance of existing hardware to remain. Permanent core by owner. Include all necessary mounting kits and components to mount locks, card readers, etc. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks gate lock- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides signal to monitor panel and shunts local alarm. Device is fail-secure with integral status sensor switch, door monitor switch and outside key override. Set: 21.0 Doors: 153 Description: Mortise Exit Device x Delayed Egress, Door Cord 1 Electrified Mortise Exit (Del Egress) 59 72 8976-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Door Loop (Power Transfer) TSB-C SU S 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR S 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. Cover preps in door and frame from existing hardware that is removed. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever for entry- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides delayed egress. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar initiates delayed egress sequence: door remains locked for 30 seconds, then unlocks to allow egress. Door allows immediate egress on fire alarm or loss of power. Set: 22.0 Doors: 156, 164 Description: Mortise Exit Device x Delayed Egress, Existing EPT Prep Page 190 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-1OG (7/21/2014) 1 Electrified Mortise Exit (Del Egress) 59 72 8976-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Electric Power Transfer CEPT-10 SU S 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR S 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. Cover preps in door and frame from existing hardware that is removed. OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever for entry- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides delayed egress. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar initiates delayed egress sequence: door remains locked for 30 seconds, then unlocks to allow egress. Door allows immediate egress on fire alarm or loss of power. Set: 23.0 Doors: 158 Description: Elec Mortise Exit (Del Egress) x Alarm, 2 butts & anchor hinge, EPT 2 Hinge (heavy weight) T4A3386 NRP US32D MK 1 Hinge (anchor, heavy weight) TA394 US32D MK 1 Electrified Mortise Exit (Del Egress) 59 72 8976-24v ETL US32D SA S 1 Electric Power Transfer CEPT-10 SU 5 1 Wall Multiclass Card Reader SE-RP40 HD 1 Wall Multiclass Reader+ Keypad SE-RPK40 HD 1 Alarm 869STRB-N5 GR S 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GY SU S 1 Power Supply BPS-24 x Amperage as Required SU S Notes: Permanent core by owner. Verify compatibility with existing conditions. Balance of existing hardware to remain. Access control panel and security software by security contractor. Field prep door and hinge jamb for electromechanical device. Page 191 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G(7/21/2014) OPERATION: Card reader/keypad outside temporarily unlocks lever- auto relock. Inside card reader overrides delayed egress. Device is fail-secure with inside RX switch and outside key override. Inside pushbar initiates delayed egress sequence: door remains locked for 30 seconds, then unlocks to allow egress. Door allows immediate egress on fire alarm or loss of power. END OF SECTION 087100 Page 192 of 258 Access Control System Replacement SECTION 270500—COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This specification section is intended to establish the minimum acceptable common work for all Division 27 and Division 28 specification sections. Individual Division 27 and Division 28 specification sections may have more stringent requirements specific to the particular section. B. This specification section includes general requirements (part 1) for Division 27 and Division 28 work. Individual Division 27 and Division 28 specification sections will also include general requirements (part 1) for that section as well as product specifications (part 2) and execution (installation)requirements(part 3)for that section. C. All final terminations shall be performed by ECNS coordinate sequencing with owner. D. Exterior enclosure at the vehicle gate shall be provided with by the contractor environmental conditioning that shall maintain internal conditions at 32 to 122 degrees Fahrenheit, with a relative humidity between 5-95%. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Division 01 specification sections. C. Division 27 specification sections. D. Division 28 specification sections. E. Additional specification sections as referenced in individual Division 27 and Division 28 specification sections. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. The following Abbreviations & Acronyms apply to this document and its companion sections for clarification and direction. Some or all may apply to the project. Refer to project drawings for additional abbreviations and acronyms. A Ampere AC Alternating Current ACS Access Control System(refer to Division 28) NE Architect/Engineer AFF,A.F.F. Above Finished Floor AFG,A.F.G. Above Finished Grade AV,A/V Audio Visual BiCSi Building Industry Consulting Services International CATV Community Antenna Television (a.k.a. 'Cable TV') CM Communications cable rated for General Purpose use CMP Communications cable rated for use in Plenum areas CMR Communications cable rated for use in pathways defined as Risers DC Direct Current • Page 193 of 258 Access Control System Replacement DSS Digital Satellite Service EC Electrical Contractor EIA Electronics Industry Association EMI Electromagnetic Interference FOC Fiber Optic Cable FPD Flat-panel Display GC General Contractor IDS Intelligent Display System, Intrusion Detection System IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IP Internet Protocol IS Information Systems ISP Internet Service Provider, Inside Plant IT Information Technology LAN Local Area Network LED Light Emitting Diode LO LASER-Optimized Multimode(Optical)Fiber(LOMMF) MMF Multimode(Optical) Fiber NEC National Electric Code NFPA National Fire Protection Agency NIC Not In Contract NVP Nominal Velocity of Propagation OFNP Optical Fiber Non-conductive Plenum OFNR Optical Fiber Non-conductive Riser OSP Outside Plant PA Public Address PoE Power-over-Ethernet RCDD Registered Communications Distribution Designer(BiCSi) RFI Radio Frequency Interference, Request for Information SMF Single-mode(Optical) Fiber TC,TSC Technology Contractor, Technology Systems Contractor TCP Transmission Control Protocol TIA Telecommunications Industry Association TO Telecommunications Outlet TR Telecommunications Room TV Television UNO, U.N.O. Unless Noted Otherwise UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair(Cable) V Volt VSS Video Surveillance System(refer to Division 28) W Watt WAN Wide Area Network WLAN Wireless Local Area Network(LAN) 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions apply to this document and its companion sections for clarification and direction. Some or all may apply to the project. Authority Having The building official, electrical inspector, fire marshal, or other Jurisdiction (AHJ) individuals or entities responsible for interpretation and enforcement of local building and electrical codes. Cabling A system of telecommunications cables, cords, and connecting hardware that can support the connection of information technology equipment. Page 194 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Code A rule or set of rules intended to ensure safety during the installation and use of materials, components, fixtures, systems, premises, and related subjects. Codes typically are invoked and enforced through government regulation. Backbone A facility (e.g., pathway, cable, conductors, optical fibers) between any of the following spaces: telecommunications rooms (TRs), telecommunications enclosures(TEs), common TRs, floor-serving terminals, entrance facilities (EFs), equipment rooms (ERs), and common ERs. Demarcation A point where the operational control or ownership changes. Point (Demarc) Also, the point of interface between service providers (SPs) and customer facilities. Sometimes referred to as minimum point of entry (MPOE). Entrance Facility An entrance to a building for both public and private network service cables, including wireless, mechanical and electrical services, and the entrance point at the building wall, and continuing to the entrance room or space. Furnish To purchase, procure, acquire, and deliver complete with related accessories. Horizontal The part of the cabling system that extends from (and includes) Cabling the work area telecommunications outlet/connector to the horizontal cross- connect(HC) in the telecommunications room (TR). Install To set in place,join, unite, fasten, link, attach, set up or otherwise connect together and test, before turning over to the Owner, all parts, items, or equipment supplied by the Contractor. Provide To furnish, transport, install, erect, connect, test and turn over to the Owner complete and ready for regular operation. Raceway Any enclosed channel designed for holding electrical wires or telecommunications cabling. Raceways include multiple types of conduit and tubing, as well as other types of channels built into the architectural materials, such as floor ducts, wireways, and busways. Cable tray is not considered a type of raceway. Riser Vertical sections of cable (e.g., changing from underground or direct-buried plant to aerial plant or from one floor of a building to another). Also, the space used for cable access between floors. See backbone. Telecommunicati A telecommunications space that is generally considered a floor- ons Room serving or tenant-serving space that provides a connection point between backbone and horizontal cabling. Service Provider The operator of any service that furnishes telecommunications content(transmissions) delivered over access provider facilities. Standard A collection of specifications that encompass properties of components, systems, and practices intended to ensure an accepted minimum degree of functionality and longevity (performance). Standards are intended to reflect accepted norms as typically determined either through a balloting process conducted by a nationally or internationally accredited Page 195 of 258 Access Control System Replacement organization or as developed by businesses, industry groups, or governments for their use. Work Area A building space where the occupants interact with telecommunications terminal equipment (e.g., an individual office or cubicle, printer/copier room). B. Clarifications 1. Where the word"conduit" is used without specific reference to type, it shall be understood to mean"raceway". 2. Reference to "U.L. (Materials Construction) Standards" shall mean the "Standards for Safety"published by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 3. Reference to "NEMA Standards" shall mean the "Approved Standards" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 4. Reference to "ANSI Standards" shall mean the standards published by the American National Standards Institute. 5. Reference to "IEEE Standards" shall mean the standards published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. 6. Reference to"BICSI Standards"shall mean the guidelines and methods published by the Building Industries Consulting Service International. 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS REFERENCES A. All applicable codes and standards shall be as identified in the project code analysis. Where codes or standards are not specifically included in the project code analysis, the current version of the applicable codes and standards—as of the date of project bid—shall be used. B. NFPA 70—National Electric Code. C. Telecommunications Industry Association(TIA)Standards,current versions in place at the time the project bids are due. 1. 568: Telecommunications Cabling Standards. 2. 569:Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 3. 606:Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure. 4. 607: Generic Telecommunications Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding for Customer Premises. D. Building Industry Consulting Services International (BiCSi) Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual(TDMM). 1.6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall have necessary certifications to provide for Guarantees as specified herein and within specific Division 27 specification sections. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.8 COORDINATION Page 196 of 258 Access Control System Replacement A. Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunications pathways with other trades. 1.9 IDENTIFICATION A. At a minimum, all cables shall be labeled with the far-end destination of the cable. B. Where cables are too numerous or too small to individually label (e.g. within an enclosure), a diagram must be included to indicate the appropriate far-end destination of each cable. 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Required for all products identified in the individual specification sections. 2. Product data shall be highlighted or otherwise clearly identified in the submittal. 3. Where a product data sheet includes more than one product being submitted,each product must be identified on the data sheet. 4. Product data submittals that do not meet these criteria will be rejected. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Samples of system labeling planned for the project including label dimensions, material and lettering examples. C. Samples: For workstation outlets,jacks,jack assemblies in specified finish, one for each size and outlet configuration, and faceplates for color selection and evaluation of technical features. D. Qualification Data: For Installer, qualified layout technician, installation supervisor, and field inspector including contractor certification(s) in Installers Program(s)operated by Manufacturer of Cabling, Hardware and/or Accessories to be used. 1.11 DEMOLITION A. Summary 1. The drawings are intended to indicate the scope of work required and do not indicate every box, conduit, or wire that must be removed. 2. The Contractor shall visit the site prior to submitting a bid and verify existing conditions. B. Continuity of Existing Services 1. No outages shall be permitted on existing systems except at the time and during the interval specified by and coordinated with the owner. 2. All outages must be scheduled when the interruption causes the least interference with normal owner schedules and business routines. 3. No extra costs will be paid to the contractor for such outages which must occur outside of regular weekly working hours. 4. The contractor shall restore any circuit/service interrupted as a result of this work to proper operation as soon as possible. C. Prior to demolition or alteration of structures, the following shall be accomplished: 1. Survey and record condition of existing facilities to remain in place that may be affected by demolition operations. After demolition operations are completed,survey conditions again and restores existing facilities to their pre-demolition condition. Page 197 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2. Notify utilities prior to razing operations to permit them to disconnect and remove or relocate equipment that served existing facilities. 3. Existing Communications Systems: a. Maintain existing system(s) in service until new system(s) is complete and ready for service. b. Disable system(s) only to make switchovers and connections. c. Obtain permission no fewer than three working days in advance of proposed interruption of system(s) before partially or completely disabling system(s). d. Minimize outage duration. e. If required, make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. f. Do not proceed with interruption without owner's written permission. 4. Materials and Equipment a. Materials and equipment for terminating, patching and cross connecting of existing telecommunications and security systems shall be as specified in individual Sections. b. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work as specified in the individual Sections. 5, Examination a. Prior to commencing with demolition, a proposed implementation narrative with schedule shall be submitted to the engineer for approval. b. The contractor shall provide proof that only qualified personnel with extensive telecommunications experience will perform the demolition. c. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on active equipment, use technicians experienced in such operations. Assume all equipment and systems must remain operational unless specifically noted otherwise on drawings. d. Whenever possible, the Contractor shall coil existing cable above ceiling for re-termination if cable length will allow. Re-terminated cables shall be tested as specified in the applicable specification section. e. Where walls, ceilings, structures, etc., are indicated as being renovated on general drawings, the contractor shall be responsible for the removal of all technology equipment including but not limited to: copper,fiber and coaxial cable, faceplates and jacks, raceways, racking and equipment mounted to the racking, etc., from the renovated area. f. Where ceilings, walls, structures, etc., are temporarily removed and replaced by others, the contractor shall be responsible for the removal, storage, and replacement of equipment, devices, fixtures, raceways, wiring, systems, etc. 6. Demolition and Extension of Existing Work a. Demolish and extend existing technology work under provisions of Division 1 specifications and this Section. Page 198 of 258 Access Control System Replacement b. Some cabling within the ceiling space may serve other building tenants; care shall be exercised to prevent service interrupts. c. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. d. Remove abandoned low voltage cabling and raceway to source of cabling according to the NEC. Refer to the NEC for definition of Abandoned Communications Cabling. e. Remove exposed abandoned raceway, including abandoned raceway above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut raceway flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. Remove all associated clamps, hangers, supports, etc. associated with raceway removal. f. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is removed. Patch openings created from removal of devices to match surrounding finishes. g. Disconnect and remove abandoned patch panels, blocks and other distribution equipment. h. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. Patch openings to match existing surrounding finishes. Maintain access to existing technology spaces and equipment that remain active. Modify installation or provide access panels as appropriate. j. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing technology installations, or as specified. k. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. I. Floor slabs may contain conduit systems. The contractor is responsible for taking any measures required to ensure no conduits or other services are damaged. This includes x-ray or similar non-destructive means. m. The contractor is responsible for all costs incurred in repair, relocations, or replacement of any cables, conduits, or other services if damaged without proper investigation. 7. Cleaning and Repair a. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or are to be reused. b. Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of connections. Re-terminate any loose connections; the contractor shall notify the engineer of any permanently damaged or unusable equipment. c. Technology items (i.e., patch panels, equipment racks, jacks, faceplates, blocks, cabling, etc.)removed and not relocated remain the property of the owner. The contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of material the owner does not want. 1.12 VIBRATION CONTROLS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Not applicable to this project. 1.13 WORKING CLEARANCES AND ROUTING A. All minimum clearances for mechanical and electrical equipment shall be maintained. Page 199 of 258 Access Control System Replacement B. Minimum clearances recommended by the manufacturer shall be observed. C. The routing of pathways for cabling shall be as indicated on the r drawings. Where no pathways are indicated, the contractor shall follow applicable codes and standards and shall use industry best practices. 1.14 MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cables and connecting materials until wet work in spaces is complete and dry,and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Prior to installation, the Contractor may, at their discretion and at no additional cost to the Owner, perform tests deemed necessary by the Contractor to confirm product integrity. 1.15 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS DEPLOYMENT CRITERIA A. The installation, turn-up, configuration and programming of various system components included specified in the Division 27 and Division 28 specifications shall not commence until the following criteria for the rooms and spaces into which they are to be installed are met: 1. Architectural: a. Walls fully built and painted. b. Finished floor installed. c. Finished ceiling installed. d. Permanent doors installed. e. Door locks installed: 1) Permanent locks 2) Construction locks 3) Keys held by general contractor and by applicable sub-contractor. f. The room shall be clean and dust-free. Floors shall be mopped clean and dry. 2. Mechanical/Plumbing/Fire Protection: a. HVAC units (including pipes, valves, insulation, drip pans, condensate removal, controls)fully installed and turned up. b. Ducts, dampers and insulation fully installed. c. All sprinkler piping and heads fully installed and trimmed out. d. Pre-Action system (if applicable)fully installed and turned up. e. All M / P / FP systems commissioned, inspected, approved and in operation. 3. Electrical/Technology Systems a. All lighting fully installed and operational. b. All power(including UPS and generator systems) installed and tested and back to Main incoming service source. Page 200 01 258 Access Control System Replacement c. All raceways and pathways complete with bushings, pull strings and destination identification. d. All wall, ceiling and floor penetrations properly fire-stopped. e. All grounding and bonding system components installed and tested. f. All backbone and horizontal cabling installed, tested and labeled. g. All electrical systems commissioned, inspected,approved and in operation. 1.16 COMMISSIONING, CONFIGURATION AND PROGRAMMING A. Refer to individual specification sections. 1.17 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Communications Structured Cabling: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of Cabling and Termination Hardware agrees to repair or replace components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. B. Unless specifically stated otherwise, all products and systems shall carry a minimum of a one-year material, performance and workmanship warranty. Warranty shall commence when the system as a whole is deemed to be substantially complete by the architect/engineer or the Owner. 1.18 TRAINING A. Provide training to Owner personnel on operation and maintenance of total system and each component. B. Training to include: 1. Overview of System Topology and General Concepts 2. Overview of Products Used 3. Overview of Equipment Room Layouts 4. Overview of Labeling Formats 5. Overview of Test Results and their meaning 6. Overview of Documentation C. Training shall be held at Project Site and shall be conducted during normal working hours. D. Training session duration shall be not less than one(4)hours. 1. Provide(1)such sessions. E. Coordinate with Owner to schedule session(s). Provide adequate notification to allow owner to schedule staff. F. Provide a video recording of the training in digital format to the owner. G. Attendance shall be by Owner staff and/or contract maintenance personnel. 1.19 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Refer to individual specification sections. PART 2-PRODUCTS A. Not Applicable. Refer to individual Division 27 specification sections. Page 201 of 258 Access Control System Replacement PART 3-EXECUTION A. Not Applicable. Refer to individual Division 27 specification sections. END OF SECTION 270500 SECTION 270550—COMMON INFRASTRUCTURE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes items related to all Division 27 and Division 28 infrastructure that are not otherwise specified in an individual specification section. B. This specification section includes general requirements (part 1), product specifications (part 2) and execution (installation)requirements(part 3)for the following items: 1. Grounding, bonding and surge suppression 2. Pathways a. Raceways, boxes and sleeves b. Cable trays c. Unprotected supporting devices d. Firestopping 3. Identification 4. Vibration controls and seismic restraints C. This specification section is intended to provide minimum product and execution requirements for the above items. Individual Division 27 specification sections may have more stringent requirements specific to the particular section. D. Exterior enclosure at the vehicle gate shall be provided with by the contractor environmental conditioning that shall maintain internal conditions at 32 to 122 degrees Fahrenheit,with a relative humidity between 5-95%. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Division 27 and 28 specifications and drawings. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. The following Abbreviations & Acronyms apply to this document and its companion sections for clarification and direction. Some or all may apply to the project. Refer to project drawings for additional abbreviations and acronyms. BCT Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications EMT Electrical Metallic Tubing TGB Telecommunications Grounding Busbar TMGB Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppression Page 202 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 1A DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions apply to this document and its companion sections for clarification and direction. Some or all may apply to the project. Cable Tray A support mechanism used to route and support telecommunications and other optical fiber cable. Cable trays may be equipped with side walls or barriers to constrain a cable's horizontal placement or movement. Firestop A fire-rated material, device, or assembly of parts installed in a penetration in a fire-rated barrier in accordance with a firestop system or engineering judgment to prevent the spread of fire, temperature, and gases of combustion. Firestopping The process of installing nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) listed fire-rated materials into penetrations in fire-rated barriers to reestablish the fire-resistance rating of the barrier. J-Hook A non-continuous supporting device for horizontal cables that is shaped like a J. It is attached to the building structure using a beam clamp, bracket, or other mounting type devices and either a wire or threaded rod. Horizontal cables are laid in the opening formed by the J to provide support for the cables. Sleeve A short length of raceway, usually conduit,for protecting cable passing through a single wall, ceiling, or floor. 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS REFERENCES A. Refer to Division 27 specification section 270500. 1.6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall have necessary certifications to provide for Guarantees as specified herein. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pathways 1. For cable trays, accessories, and components, from manufacturer: a. An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. b. Comply with NEMA VE 1, "Metal Cable Tray Systems," if cable tray types specified are defined in the standard. c. Source limitations: Obtain cable trays and components from single manufacturer. 2. Unprotected supporting devices: All devices shall be sourced from a manufacturer engaged in the manufacturing of such devices for a minimum of five years. 3. Identification: Refer to section 270500. Page 203 of 258 Access Control System Replacement B. Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints: Not applicable to this project. C. General: 1. Electrical Components, Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 2. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Pathways: 1. For conduit, boxes, sleeves, cable trays, accessories, and components, from manufacturer: Coordinate layout and installation with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them,including light fixtures, HVAC equipment,fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. 2. Unprotected supporting devices: Comply with TIA/EIA-569. B. Identification: Not applicable to this project. C. Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints: Not applicable to this project. 1.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with TIA/EIA-606. 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Grounding, Bonding and Surge Suppression: For each type of product specified and planned for installation in the project. 2. Pathways a. Raceways, boxes and sleeves. Where specialty boxes are called for in this section, include product data for each box type. b. Cable trays: Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of cable tray indicated. c. Unprotected supporting devices: Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of device planned installation in the project. 3. Identification and labeling: For each identification product indicated. 4. Vibration controls and seismic restraints: Not applicable to this project. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Grounding, Bonding and Surge Suppression a. Diagrammatic layout of grounding plan. 2. Pathways a. Raceways, boxes and sleeves Page 204 of 258 Access Control System Replacement b. For each type of cable tray: 1) Show fabrication and installation details of cable tray, including plans, elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other construction elements. 2) Designate components and accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice-plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings. c. Unprotected supporting devices: Not required. 3. Identification: Documentation of proposed labeling scheme. 4. Vibration controls and seismic restraints: Not applicable to this project. C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: Not applicable to this project. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING, BONDING AND SURGE SUPPRESSION A. Rack and Cabinet Grounding Busbars 1. Rack and Cabinet Grounding Busbars: Rectangular bars of hard-drawn solid copper, accepting conductors ranging from No. 14 to No.2/0 AWG, NRTL listed as complying with UL 467, and complying with J-STD-607-A. Predrilling shall be with holes for use with lugs specified in this Section. a. Cabinet-Mounted Busbar: Terminal block, with stainless-steel or copper- plated hardware for attachment to the cabinet. b. Rack-Mounted Horizontal Busbar: Designed for mounting in 19-or 23-inch (483- or 584-mm) equipment racks. Include a copper splice bar for transitioning to an adjoining rack, and stainless-steel or copper-plated hardware for attachment to the rack. c. Rack-Mounted Vertical Busbar: 72 or 36 inches (1827 or 914 mm long, with)stainless-steel or copper-plated hardware for attachment to the rack B. Connectors: 1. Irreversible connectors listed for the purpose. Listed by an NRTL as complying with NFPA 70 for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. Comply with UL 486A-486B. 2. Compression Wire Connectors: Crimp-and-compress connectors that bond to the conductor when the connector is compressed around the conductor. Comply with UL 467. a. Electroplated tinned copper, C and H shaped. 3. Busbar Connectors: Cast silicon bronze, solderless compression type mechanical connector; with a long barrel and two holes spaced on 5/8- or 1-inch (15.8-or 25.4-mm) centers for a two-bolt connection to the busbar. 4. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions Page 205 of 258 Access Control System Replacement C. Labeling: 1. Comply with ANSIITIA/EIA-606 and UL 969 for a system of labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives,and inks used by label printers. 2. Adhesive film label with clear protective overlay: machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label. 2.2 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS A. Raceways, Boxes and Sleeves: 1. Minimum raceway size for all Division 27 and Division 28 cabling shall be 3/4". 2. General Requirements for Metal Conduits and Fittings: a. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. b. Comply with TIA-569-B. 3. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. 4. IMC:Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. 5. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. 6. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. 7. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. a. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70. b. Fittings for EMT: 1) Material: Steel or die cast. 2) Type: Setscrew or compression. 8. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies,and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. B, NONMETALLIC CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS 1. General Requirements for Nonmetallic Conduits and Fittings: a. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. b. Comply with TIA-569-B. 2. ENT: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653. 3. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. 4. Rigid HOPE: Comply with UL 651A. 5. Continuous HOPE: Comply with UL 651 B. 6. RTRC: Comply with UL 1684A and NEMA TC 14. 7. Fittings for ENT and RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. 8. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B. 9. Solvent cements and adhesive primers shall have a VOC content of 510 and 550 g/L or less, respectively,when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24). Page 206 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 10. Solvent cements and adhesive primers shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Cable Trays 1. Basket-type cable tray a. Construction: Carbon steel wire, ASTM A 510, Grade 1008. Wire welded, bent, and surface treated after manufacture. 1) Cable tray shall consist of continuous, rigid,welded steel wire mesh cable management system, to allow continuous ventilation of cables and maximum dissipation of heat, with UL Classified splices where tray acts as Equipment Grounding Conductor (EGC). Wire mesh cable tray will have continuous top side wire to protect cable insulation and installers. 2) Mesh: 2x4 inches. 3) Straight Section Lengths: 118 inches. 4) Wire Diameter: Varying wire sizes to meet application load requirements; to optimize tray strength; and to allow tray to remain lightweight. b. Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanizing After Fabrication: ASTM A 123. c. Fittings: Wire mesh cable tray fittings are field-fabricated from straight tray sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. d. Supports: 1) Ceiling-mounted supports: mount to ceiling structure directly or with 3/8" or 1/2"threaded rod. a) Threaded rod protectors 2) Wall-mounted supports. 3) Underfloor supports: mount directly to floor or to floor posts. e. Accessories 1) Splices: including those approved for electrical continuity(bonding), as recommended by cable tray manufacturer. 2) Dividers: Not applicable to this project. 3) Additional accessories: as required for a complete cable tray system. 2. Solid-bottom cable tray: Not applicable to this project. 3. Ventilated cable tray: Not applicable to this project. 4. Cable runway(a.k.a. 'ladder rack'): Refer to section 271000. 5. Warning signs: a. Lettering: 1-1/2-inch high, black letters on yellow background. Page 207 of 258 Access Control System Replacement b. Legend: 'WARNING! NOT TO BE USED AS WALKWAY, LADDER, OR SUPPORT FOR LADDERS OR PERSONNEL." D. Boxes and enclosures 1. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: a. Comply with TIA-569-B. b. Boxes, enclosures and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. E. Sheet-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. F. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes:Comply with NEMA FB 1, aluminum,Type FD,with gasketed cover. G. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. H. See Editing Instruction No.2 in the Evaluations for a discussion of floor boxes. I. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. J. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. K. Device Box Dimensions: 4-inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep or 4 inches by 2-1/8 inches by 2- 1/8 inches deep based on installation site requirements L. Gangable boxes are allowed M. Unprotected Supporting Devices 1. J-Hooks a. Device shall have a flared edges and a bearing surface of sufficient width to comply with minimum bend radii of cables as defined in the referenced standards. b. Device shall have a cable retainer mechanism to contain cables after installation. Retainer shall be operable to add new cables. c. Device shall have options for mounting to various types of building structures. d. Device shall be manufactured in multiple sizes consistent with standard trade diameters: 1) 1 in. 2) 1-1/4 in. 3) 2 in. 4) 3 in. 5) 4 in. e. Device shall be electro-galvanized or powder coated finish suitable for indoor locations. Page 208 of 258 Access Control System Replacement f. Device shall be UL listed. 2. Bridle Rings a. Device shall be constructed so as to allow the addition of cables though an open slot in the ring. b. Device options shall include screw threads for direct attachment to wooden components and machine threads for attachment to other supporting means such as beam clamps. c. Devices shall include a plastic 'saddle' to increase the surface area for cable support. d. Device shall be manufactured in multiple sizes consistent with standard trade diameters: 1) 1/2 in. 2) 3/4 in. 3) 1 in. 4) 1-1/4 in. 5) 2 in. 6) 4 in. e. Device shall be electro-galvanized finish suitable for indoor locations. f. Device shall be UL listed. 3. D-Rings a. Device shall be of cast aluminum and constructed so as to allow secure screw attachment to vertical surfaces. b. Device shall be manufactured in multiple sizes consistent with standard trade diameters: 1) 2 in. 2) 3 in. 3) 4 in. 4) 5 in. c. Device shall be electro-galvanized finish suitable for indoor locations. 2.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with TIA/EIA-606 and UL 969 for labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers. B. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide. C. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, self-laminating, wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Adhesive shall be permanent acrylic type. Flag-type marker tapes are not acceptable. D. Heat-Shrink Type Labels: Non-corrosive plastic labels with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process, attached to wire through use of non-corrosive, weatherproof heat-shrink tape and a heat gun. Page 209 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2.4 VIBRATION CONTROLS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Not applicable to this project. 2.5 BACKBOARDS A. Plywood wall coverings are covered in Architectural specifications sections and/or drawings. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GROUNDING, BONDING AND SURGE SUPPRESSION A. Comply with ANSI/TIA/EIA-607. B. Secure grounding and bonding conductors at intervals of not more than 24 inches. C. Install BCTs in the straightest and shortest route between the origination and termination point,and no longer than required. The bend radius shall not be smaller than eight times the diameter of the conductor. No one bend may exceed 90 degrees. D. INSTALLATION 1. Comply with IEEE 1100, "Recommended Practice for Power and Grounding Electronic Equipment." a. Ground cable shields, drain conductors, and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. b. Bond shields and drain conductors to ground at only one point in each circuit. 2. Signal Ground: a. For each system, establish the signal ground and label that location as such. b. Bond the signal ground to the alternating-current(ac)power system service by connecting to one of the following listed locations, using insulated No. 6 AWG, stranded, Type THHN wire: 1) Grounding bar in an electrical power panelboard if located in the same room or space as the signal ground. 2) Telecommunications grounding busbar. 3. Comply with NECA 1. E. APPLICATION 1. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller and stranded conductors for No.6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. 2. Grounding and Bonding Conductors: Page 210 of 258 Access Control System Replacement a. Install in the straightest and shortest route between the origination and termination point, and no longer than required. The bend radius shall not be smaller than eight times the diameter of the conductor. No one bend may exceed 90 degrees. b. Install without splices. c. Support at not more than 36-inch (900-mm) intervals. F. CONNECTIONS 1. Stacking of conductors under a single bolt is not permitted when connecting to busbars. 2. Assemble the wire connector to the conductor, complying with manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: a. Use crimping tool and the die specific to the connector. b. Pretwist the conductor. c. Apply an antioxidant compound to all bolted and compression connections. 3. Shielded Cable: Bond the shield of shielded cable to the signal ground. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1 and TIA/EIA-568-B.2 when grounding screened, balanced, twisted-pair cables. 4. Rack-and Cabinet-Mounted Equipment: Bond powered equipment chassis to the cabinet or rack grounding bar. Power connection shall comply with NFPA 70; the equipment grounding conductor in the power cord of cord- and plug-connected equipment shall be considered as a supplement to bonding requirements in this Section. G. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Perform tests and inspections. 2. Tests and Inspections: a. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 4. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.2 PATHWAYS A. General: Comply with TIA/EIA-569. B. Raceways, Boxes and Sleeves: 1. Comply with NECA 1, NECA 101, and TIA-569-B for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum pathways. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of pathways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. 2. Keep pathways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal pathway runs above water and steam piping. 3. Complete pathway installation before starting conductor installation. 4. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. 5. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications wiring conduits for which only two 90-degree bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches(300 mm)of changes in direction. Page 211 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 6. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. 7. Support conduit within 12 inches(300 mm)of enclosures to which attached. 8. Stub-ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: a. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for pathways. b. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub-ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. 9. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp,Corrosive,or Outdoor Conditions:Apply listed compound to threads of pathway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. 10. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated pathway with a corrosion-preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. 11. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install insulated bushings on conduits terminated with locknuts. 12. Install pathways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. 13. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to conduit assembly to assure a continuous ground path. 14. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits of 2-inch (53-mm) trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to ensure cut is straight and perpendicular to the length. 15. Install pull wires in empty pathways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb. (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground pathways designated as spare above grade alongside pathways in use. 16. Retain"Surface Pathways" Paragraph below if applicable. 17. Surface Pathways: a. Install surface pathway for surface electrical outlet boxes only where indicated on Drawings. b. Install surface pathway with a minimum 2-inch (50-mm) radius control at bend points. c. Secure surface pathway with screws or other anchor-type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches (1200 mm) and with no less than two supports per straight pathway section. Support surface pathway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. 18. Pathways for Optical-Fiber and Communications Cable: Install pathways, metal and nonmetallic, rigid and flexible, as follows: a. 3/4-Inch (21-mm) Trade Size and Smaller: Install pathways in maximum lengths of 50 feet(15 m). b. 1-Inch (27-mm) Trade Size and Larger: Install pathways in maximum lengths of 75 feet (23 m). c. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of pathway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these requirements. 19. Install pathway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed pathways, install each fitting in a flush steel Page 212 of 258 Access Control System Replacement box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install pathway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. 20. Install devices to seal pathway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments.Seal the interior of all pathways at the following points: a. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. b. Where an underground service pathway enters a building or structure. c. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. 21. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding PVC conduit and fittings. 22. Expansion-Joint Fittings: a. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F (17 deg C), and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet(7.6 m). Install in each run of aboveground RMC and EMT conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F (55 deg C) and that has straight-run length that exceeds 100 feet(30 m). b. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: 1) Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. 2) Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. 3) Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. 4) Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. c. Install fitting(s)that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F(0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s)that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for metal conduits. d. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. e. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. 23. Flexible Conduit Connections:Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use maximum of 72 inches(1830 mm) of flexible conduit for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. a. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. b. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. Page 213 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 24. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated,give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated. 25. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surface to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. 26. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls, so they are not in the same vertical channel. 27. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. 28. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. 29. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. 30. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. C. Cable Trays 1. Basket-type cable tray: a. Load Span Criteria: Install and support cable management system in accordance with IEC 61537, with load span criteria of L/200 and a Safety Factor of 1.7. b. Fill Ratio: Cable tray may be filled to 40% of total fill capacity. Notify Engineer if size of cable tray indicated on plans will exceed fill ratio for required cable quantity. c. Install cable trays as a complete system, including fasteners, hold-down clips, support systems, barrier strips, adjustable horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, crosses, cable dropouts, adapters, covers, and bonding. d. Install cable tray level and plumb according to manufacturer's written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced standards. 1) Center(pendant) supports: Center supports are permitted in cable trays up to 8" in width. 2) Trapeze supports: Required for cable trays greater than 8"in width. 3) Provide 3/8-inch threaded rods for support of 12 inches wide or smaller runway. 4) Provide 1/2-inch threaded rods for support of runway greater than 12 inches in width. 5) Threaded rod protectors: Install protectors to a height of 6" above the top of the cable tray. e. Install cable tray with a minimum of 8" above and 12" on at least one side to permit access for installing cables. f. Cutting: Field-fabricated changes in direction & elevation by cutting & bending cable tray: 1) Cut cable tray wires in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2) Cable tray wires must be cut with side-action bolt cutters with offset head to ensure integrity of protective galvanic layer. Page 214 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 3) Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays. g. Grounding: Ground cable trays according to manufacturer's written instructions. h. Protection: 1) Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure cable tray is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 2) Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by cable tray manufacturer. i. Cables: 1) Install cables only when each cable tray run has been completed and inspected. 2) Fasten cables to runway at intervals not to exceed 48 inches. 3) Install temporary protection for cables in open trays to safeguard exposed cables against falling objects or debris during construction. Temporary protection for cables and cable tray can be constructed of wood or metal materials and shall remain in place until the risk of damage is over. 4) In existing construction, remove inactive or dead cables from cable trays. 5) Cables by divisions other than 27 or 28 are permitted to be installed in the cable tray provided they are installed win accordance with these specifications. Power cables(NEC Class 1)are not permitted to be run in the cable tray. 2. Solid-bottom cable tray: Not applicable to this project. 3. Ventilated cable tray: Not applicable to this project. 4. Cable runway(a.k.a. 'ladder rack'): Refer to section 271000. 5. Warning signs: Install warning signs on cable trays at a maximum separation of every other cable tray section, with no more than 20'between signs. D. Unprotected Supporting Devices 1. J-Hooks a. J-Hooks are to be used for the support of horizontal cable runs. b. J-Hooks shall be attached to building structure or to individual supports designated for the J-Hooks. J-Hooks shall not be attached to lay-in (suspended) ceiling support wires c. Maximum cable quantity allowable for J-Hooks shall be 24 cables. Where larger parallel runs of cable exist, additional J-Hooks shall be provided. d. J-Hook capacity shall not exceed 50% of rated device capacity. e. Where cable routing changes elevation vertically, install adequate quantities of J-Hooks in inverted positions to maintain minimum bend radius of cables. f. Where cable routing changes direction horizontally, J-Hook shall be installed such that the longer vertical part of the J-Hook forms the inside of the change in direction. Page 215 of 258 Access Control System Replacement g. J-Hooks shall be positioned such that cables not resting against the J-Hook retaining clip. 2. Bridle Rings a. Bridle rings may be used for the support of vertical cable runs only. b. Bridle rings shall be attached to building structure or to wood components. c. Maximum cable quantity allowable for bridle rings shall be 12 cables. d. Bridle ring capacity shall not exceed 50% of rated device capacity. e. Bridle rings may not be used for cable routes that change direction. 3. D-Rings a. D-rings are to be used only for the support of cross-connect wire in the Telecommunications Room. b. D-rings shall be attached to wood components. c. Maximum cable quantity allowable for D-rings shall be 12 cables. d. D-ring capacity shall not exceed 50% of rated device capacity. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Conduit and box identification: 1. Labels shall be white background with black lettering. 2. Lettering size shall be as large as practicable(up to 16-point). No lettering shall be smaller than 12-point. B. Cable and wire Identification: 1. Label each cable within 4 inches of each termination and tap, where it is accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Each wire connected to building-mounted devices is not required to be numbered at device if color of wire is consistent with associated wire connected and numbered within panel or cabinet. 3. Exposed Cables and Cables in Cable Trays and Wire Troughs: Label each cable at intervals not exceeding 15 feet. 4. Label each terminal strip and screw terminal in each cabinet, rack, or panel. a. Individually number wiring conductors connected to terminal strips, and identify each cable or wiring group being extended from a panel or cabinet to a building-mounted device shall be identified with name and number of particular device as shown. b. Label each unit and field within distribution racks and frames. 5. Identification within Connector Fields in Equipment Rooms and Wiring Closets: Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting hardware. Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both voice and data communication cabling, use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service. C. Raceway Identification: 1. Label each raceway with destination description and use. 2. Protect label with clear laminate. Page 216 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 3.4 VIBRATION CONTROLS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Not applicable to this project. END OF SECTION 270550 Page 217 of 258 Access Control System Replacement SECTION 271000—STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section covers items that are common to all Structured Cabling sections in Division 27 and Division 28 (Equipment Room Fittings, Communications Horizontal Cabling, Communications Backbone Cabling, etc.). B. It is the intent of this specification section that all structured cabling for the project will be furnished and installed in accordance with these specifications by a single contractor. C. Where cabling specified in this section is to be used by equipment specified in other sections, the contractor installing the structured cabling shall coordinate with the other contractor(s) for the connection of that equipment. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Division 27 specification sections 270500 and 270550. B. Division 28 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS&ACRONYMS A. The following Abbreviations & Acronyms apply to this document. Some or all may apply to the project. 8P8C Eight-Position, Eight-Conductor(Modular Jack type) ACR-N* Attenuation-to-Crosstalk Ratio (Near End) ACR-F* Attenuation-to-Crosstalk Ratio (Far End; prey. Equal Level Far End Crosstalk(ELFEXT)) APC Angled Physical Contact(fiber optic connector end-face) AXT Alien Crosstalk HC Horizontal Cross-connect IC Intermediate Cross-connect IDC Insulation displacement connector MC Main Cross-connect N Newton(a unit of force) NEXT* Near End Cross Talk PC Physical Contact(fiber optic connector end-face) RJ45 (RJ45S) Registered Jack(8P8C), keyed RU (Equipment) Rack Unit; 1.75-inches vertical spacing RL Return Loss SFF Small Form Factor(Fiber Optic Connector) UPC Ultra-Physical Contact(fiber optic connector end-face) VCSEL Vertical-Cavity Surface Emitting LASER WAP(AP) Wireless Access Point(Access Point) *Power-sum versions of these tests indicated by prefix"PS-". Page 218 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions apply to this document and its companion sections for clarification and direction. Some or all may apply to the project. Channel The end-to-end transmission path connecting interfaces of any two pieces of application-specific equipment. Equipment cords and work area cords are included in the channel. Cross-Connect A facility enabling the termination of cable elements and their (X-C), interconnection or cross-connection. Cross-Connection A connection scheme between cabling runs, subsystems, and equipment using patch cords or jumpers that attach to connecting hardware on each end. Horizontal Cross- [A group of connectors (e.g., patch panels, punch-down blocks) Connect(H-C) that allow(HC) horizontal, backbone, and equipment cabling to be cross-connected with patch cords or jumpers. Main Cross-Connect The cross-connect normally located in the (main) equipment (MX-C) room for cross-connection and interconnection of entrance cables, first-level backbone cables, and equipment cables. Modular Patch A connecting hardware system that facilitates cable termination Panel and cabling administration using patch cords or equipment cords. Permanent Link The permanently installed portion of horizontal cabling (excludes cordage). Rack Unit A unit of measure of vertical space in an equipment rack, cabinet or enclosure. One rack unit is equal to 1.75 inches (in). Service Loop A surplus of cable, typically located at or near the point of termination, to facilitate potential future changes. Telecommunications An assembly of components consisting of one or more Outlet connectors and a faceplate or housing. Unshielded Twisted Twisted-pair cable without a metallic shield around pairs nor Pair(UTP) Cable overall shield. 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS REFERENCES A. Refer to Division 27 specification section 270500. 1.6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall have necessary certifications to provide for Guarantees as specified herein. B. Contractor shall be an active participant in Installers Program operated by manufacturer of cabling or connectivity products used. C. Contractor shall be participant in this program at time of Bidding and remain so throughout project. D. Contractor shall have on the project team at a minimum one (1) Certified Installer trained by the manufacturer(s)of the cabling, hardware and accessories installed under this project. E. At least one member of each test team shall be factory trained/certified in use of the test equipment. The project foreman shall have been factory trained in the use of the test equipment. Page 219 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer(s) of cabling and connectivity components shall be a company specializing in and having a minimum of five years documented experience in producing products similar to those specified in this and related sections. 1.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Refer to Division 27 specification section 270550. 1.9 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated in the following sections: B. Shop Drawings. 1. Samples of system labeling planned for the project including label dimensions, material and lettering examples. C. Samples: For workstation outlets,jacks,jack assemblies in specified finish, one for each size and outlet configuration, and faceplates for color selection and evaluation of technical features. D. Qualification Data: For Installer, qualified layout technician, installation supervisor, and field inspector including contractor certification(s) in Installers Program(s)operated by Manufacturer of Cabling, Hardware and/or Accessories to be used. E. Project Documentation—See Part 3 for requirements. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate telecommunications outlet/connector locations with location of power receptacles at each work area. B. Coordinate layout and installation of communications equipment with Owner's telecommunications staff. C. Coordinate location of power raceways and receptacles with locations of communications equipment requiring electrical power to operate. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Communications Structured Cabling: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of Cabling and Termination Hardware agrees to repair or replace components that fail in materials, workmanship or performance within specified warranty period. B. Warranty period for: 1. Copper Backbone Cabling and Termination Hardware: 2 years; 20 year component warranty. 2. Fiber Optic Backbone Cabling and Termination Hardware: 2 years; 20 year component warranty. 3. Horizontal Permanent Link: 20 years. 4. Coaxial Cabling and Termination Hardware:2 years; 5 year component warranty. C. Special Warranty covering Structured Cabling Horizontal Permanent Link shall be direct from manufacturer(s) of cabling and connecting components to Owner, facilitated by the structured cabling system contractor. Page 220 of 258 Access Control System Replacement PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Wiring Methods 1. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces, in attics, and in gypsum board partitions where specified unenclosed wiring method may be used. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. a. Install plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. b. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Division 26. 2. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. 3. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train cables to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. C. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with TIA/EIA-568. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 6, "Cable Termination Practices." 3. Terminate conductors; no cable shall contain un-terminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets,terminals, cross-connects, and patch panels. 4. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before de-reeling. Heat lamps shall not be used for heating. 5. Comply with BICSI ITSIM,Ch.4, "Pulling Cable." Monitor cable pull tensions if cable is not pulled by hand. 2.2 BACKBONE CABLING A. General: 1. Backbone cabling system shall provide interconnections between communications equipment rooms and entrance facilities in the telecommunications cabling system structure. 2. Backbone cabling system consists of backbone cables,cross-connects and patch cords or jumpers used for backbone-to-backbone or backbone-to-horizontal cross-connection. 3. Backbone cable shall be splice-free unless noted otherwise. 4. Bridged taps shall not be used as part of backbone cabling. 5. Backbone cabling system shall comply with ANSI/TIA-568 and standards referenced therein for the cable type(s) specified when tested according to test procedures of these standards. B. Fiber Optic Cabling 1. Fiber Count: Per drawings, minimum 12 strand 2. Inter-Building Cable: a. Cables shall be suitable for installation in multiple environments including underground duct and inside the project building(s). b. Cable shall be a loose-tube design. c. Cable materials shall be all dielectric(no conductive material). d. Cable shall be rated: OFNR(Optical Fiber Non-Conductive Riser) or OFNP (Optical Fiber Non-Conductive Plenum) as noted on the drawings. Page 221 of 258 Access Control System Replacement e. Cable shall be suitable for the installation environment through which it passes. General Purpose or Riser-rated installed in a Plenum area shall be in conduit. f. Cable shall incorporate a blocking material, swell able yarn, or other means to prevent the incursion of water into the cable. g. Cable construction shall be as required to meet the specified rating. h. The Cable Jacket sheath shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, words identifying the cable type (e.g. "Optical Cable" or "Fiber Optic Cable"), year of manufacture, and sequential length markings. The actual length of the cable shall be within -0/+1% of the length markings. The marking shall be in a contrasting color to the cable jacket. i. Temperature Range: Storage: -400 to +70oC (no irreversible change in attenuation) Operating -40o to +70oC Installation -30o to +70oC j. Humidity Range: 0 to 100% k. Maximum Tensile Strength: During Installation: 2600 Newton (600 lb. force) (no irreversible change in attenuation) Long Term: 800 N (180 lb. force) I. Bending Radius: During Installation: 20 times cable diameter No Load: 10 times cable diameter m. Jacket: Outdoor rated. n. Jacket Color: a) Containing Multimode fiber: Aqua or Black. b) Containing Single-mode fiber: Yellow or Black. o. Cable jacket, fiber, unit, and group color per TIA/EIA-598. p. Imprinted with fiber count, fiber type, and aggregate length at regular intervals not to exceed 40 inches. q. Cable must comply with ICEA S-83-596 for mechanical properties, ICEA S-104-696 (indoor and outdoor cables) and ICEA S-87-640 (outdoor cables). r. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with UL 444, UL 1651, and NFPA 70. 3. Optical Fiber: a. Fiber Type : Single mode; doped silica core surrounded by a concentric glass cladding. b. ISO/IEC type 0S2 c. Fiber shall be meet requirements of TIA-492CAAB Detail Specification for Class IVa Dispersion Un-Shifted Single-Mode Optical Fibers with low water peak. Page 222 of 258 Access Control System Replacement d. Fiber Coating Diameter 250 pm (nominal) primary coating; 900 Dm (nominal) secondary coating where tight buffer cable design is specified. e. All coatings shall be mechanically strippable without damaging the optical fiber. f. Fiber Attenuation (max© 23.5 deg. C; Backbone; dB/km) Intra-Building (ISP) Inter-Building (OSP) @ 1310 nm 1.0 0.5 @ 1550 nm 1.0 0.5 g. Fibers shall be characterized as having a low attenuation coefficient near 1383 nm (e.g. "Low Water Peak")". Attenuation at this wavelength shall not be greater than the attenuation at 1310-nm. h. No single mode optical fiber shall show a point discontinuity greater than 0.1 dB at the specified wavelengths. Such a discontinuity or any discontinuity showing a reflection at that point shall be cause for rejection of that fiber by the Owner. 4. Intra-Building Cable a. Not applicable to this project 2.3 BACKBONE TERMINATION HARDWARE A. Copper Termination Hardware 1. Horizontal Jumper Management: a. Designed for use with the Wiring Block. b. Construction: Split plastic rings; c. Configurations shall be available with-and without-legs and include: 1) Plastic troughs available with and without legs, and in a rack- mountable configuration. 2) Metal panel 6.5 H x 10.7 W inches with two plastic distribution rings. 2. Vertical Jumper Management: a. For wall-mounted installations shall be in the form of split rings. Rings shall be plastic or metal. Dimensions (minimum) shall be 3.5 inches (90 mm) square. B. Building Entrance Terminals: Not applicable to this project. C. Fiber Optic Termination Hardware 1. General: Enclosed assembly that protects incoming cables, terminated fibers, couplers and connecting cords. 2. Construction: a. Enclosure: Steel b. Metal or polycarbonate front cover c. Metal rear cover 3. Features a. Incorporates a hinged or retractable front cover designed to protect the connector couplings and fiber optic jumpers. Page 223 of 258 Access Control System Replacement b. Provides strain relief of incoming cables and shall incorporate radius control mechanisms to limit bending of the fiber to the manufacturer's recommended minimums or 1.2 inches, whichever is larger. c. Provides access to the patching area during installation from the front and rear without any disassembly of the enclosure. d. Requires front access only when patching. e. Provides a physical barrier between the patching side of the panel and incoming cables. 4. Cable Connecting Hardware: a. Must comply with TIA/EIA 604 Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCIS) and applicable addenda for connector type(s) specified. b. Must comply with TIA/EIA-568 and standards referenced therein. 5. Female/Female Couplers shall be mounted on a panel that, in turn, snaps into the enclosure. The enclosure shall be designed to accommodate a variety of connector types. 6. Connector—General Requirements a. Epoxy-polish or pre-polish design incorporating locking mechanism (e.g. cam) that retain optical fiber in connector body. b. Ceramic Ferrule. 7. Connector-Multimode a. Type: LC duplex b. Polish: Ultra-Physical Contact(UPC) c. Body Color:AQUA 8. Coupler-Multimode a. Type: LC duplex b. Alignment Sleeve: Ceramic c. Coupler color:AQUA 9. Connector-Singlemode a. Type: LC duplex b. Polish: Ultra-Physical Contact (UPC) c. Body Color: BLACK 10. Coupler-Singlemode a. Type: LC duplex b. Alignment Sleeve: Ceramic c. Coupler color: BLACK 2.4 HORIZONTAL CABLING A. General 1. Cabling and connectivity components proposed shall be by the same manufacturer or from manufacturers between which exist a documented partnership supporting an extended warranty and performance guarantees. Partnership shall have been in effect for minimum 1-year prior to bidding. 2. Bridged taps and splices shall not be installed in the horizontal cabling. B. Unshielded Twisted Pair(UTP) Cabling 1. Horizontal cable and its connecting hardware provide the means of transporting signals between the telecommunications outlet/connector (TO) and the horizontal cross-connect (HC) located in the communications equipment room serving that outlet location. This cabling and its connecting hardware are called the"permanent link,"a term that is used in the testing protocols. 2. The maximum allowable horizontal cable length for the permanent link is 295 feet. This maximum allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of connecting cord Page 224 of 258 Access Control System Replacement to the workstation equipment nor does it include an allowance for the length of connecting cord in the horizontal cross-connect. 3. General Performance: Horizontal cabling system shall comply with transmission standards in ANSI/TIA-568 and standards referenced therein for the cable type(s) specified, when tested according to test procedures of these standards. 4. UTP Cabling shall: a. Be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with UL 444 and NFPA 70. b. Meet NFPA 70 Listing Requirements for Communications Plenum Rated cable type CMP. 5. Description: 100-Ohm,4-pair UTP,covered with a thermoplastic jacket. a. Performance: ANSI/TIA Category 6 b. Conductor Wire Gauge: 24 AWG c. Jacket Color: 1) Voice Cable: WHITE, 2) Data Cable: BLUE, 3) Wireless LAN (WLAN) Cable: per Owner's standard 4) Security System (Access Control, Video Surveillance) Cable: PURPLE d. Comply with ICEA S-90-661 for mechanical properties. C. Fiber Optic Cabling: Not applicable to this project. 2.5 HORIZONTAL TERMINATION HARDWARE A. Surge Protection Devices 1. Not applicable to this project. B. Patch Panels 1. General a. Performance: ANSI/TIA Category 6 b. Panels shall be mountable on a standard equipment rack; 19 in. mounting centers. c. Panels shall incorporate and/or include cable support for horizontal cables at the back of the panel. d. Cable Interface shall be color coded to indicate proper pair positions. e. Panel front shall be labeled to identify connector position. f. The largest single patch panel configuration shall not exceed 48 ports in two rows of 24. g. Pin/Pair Assignment: Match Telecommunications Outlet/Connector. h. Panels shall be sized to accommodate one port for each four-pair cable indicated plus 20 percent spare positions. 2. Modular Patch Panels a. Connector Type: Modular Jack; 8P8C ("RJ-45"); non-keyed. b. Cable Interface: IDC-type connectors shared by multiple jacks for permanent termination of installed cables. 1) IDC shall be 110-type or similar. 2) On rack-mounted panels, this interface shall be on the rear of the panel. Page 225 of 258 Access Control System Replacement c. Panels which incorporate individual jacks inserted into the panel shall be provided in increments of no less than 12 jacks. d. All remaining empty slots on the panel must be filled with blank inserts. 3. Pre-Installed Connector Patch Panel: a. Panels that include all connectors pre-installed in the panel shall group the connectors in blocks of four to eight. C. Consolidation Point: Not applicable to this project. D. Multi-user Telecommunications Outlet Assembly(MUTOA): Not applicable to this project. E. Telecommunications Outlets 1. General: Telecommunications Outlet consists of a faceplate into which connectors of the required type and quantity are snapped into position. Faceplates of varying configurations are included for specific purposes. Refer to project drawings for layouts of each faceplate type. 2. Faceplates and Housings a. Standard Duty 1) For use in all office areas. 2) Form: Single gang. 3) Material: High-impact plastic. Coordinate color with Division 26 Section 'Wiring Devices." 4) Connector Ports: Four 5) Configuration/Mounting: Flush mount b. Surface Housing 1) For use in locations where direct-attachment to end device (e.g. wireless access point, intelligent door controller, video surveillance camera) is not available. 2) Form: as required to match modular jacks. 3) Material: Plastic 4) Connector Ports: Up to two 5) Configuration/Mounting: Flush mount 3. Modular Jacks a. Connector—Twisted Pair Copper: 1) Type: 100 Ohm, balanced connector; four-pair (eight conductor), eight-position modular(8P8C) Jack. 2) Performance: ANSI/TIA Category 6 3) Shielded: No 4) Pin/Pair Assignment: T568B 5) Color: a) Voice Jack: WHITE, b) Data Jack: GRAY c) Wireless LAN (WLAN) Jack: per Owner's standard. d) Security System (Access Control, Video Surveillance) Cable: YELLOW b. Connector—'F'-type: 1) Type: 75 Ohm, coaxial. Page 226 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2) Form factor: Bulkhead (feed-through) style. 3) Performance: CATV, DSS digital signals up to 3GHz. 4) Color: to match faceplate, insert or housing color. 4. Field-Terminable Plug a. Connector—Twisted Pair Copper: 1) Type: 100 Ohm, balanced connector; four-pair (eight conductor), eight-position modular(8P8C) Plug. 2) Performance: ANSI/TIA Category 6 3) Shielded: No 4) Pin/Pair Assignment: T568B 5) Color: Black 5. Outlet Labeling: a. Standard Duty, Display, Modular Furniture and Surface Housing: Recessed opening for machine-printed paper inserts; Snap-in, clear-label covers. b. Decorative: discreet adhesive labels in low-contrasting color. c. Wall-Mounted Telephone, Hard Duty and Floor Boxes: Labels shall be machine printed, using adhesive-tape label. Label shall be protected with a clear laminate. 2.6 EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS A. Racks, Cabinets and Enclosures 1. Equipment Racks a. Not applicable to this project. 2. Equipment Cabinets a. Not applicable to this project. 3. Equipment Enclosures a. Not applicable to this project. B. Rack, Cabinet and Enclosure Accessories 1. Cable Management a. General: Provide horizontal and vertical cable management as indicated on drawings. b. Horizontal: 1) 19" metal panel, size as indicated on the drawings 2) Distribution rings or'fingers'front and rear, minimum 3.75 inch deep 3) Pass-through access holes 4) Baked-polyester powder coat finish; Black. 5) Dual-hinged removable doors, front and rear c. Vertical: 1) Full-height high-capacity assembly, width as indicated on the drawings, minimum 6" deep 2) 'Fingers' located on both sides at 1U spacing 3) Tool-less adjustable spools 4) Baked-polyester powder coat finish; Black. 5) Dual-hinged removable door 2. Grounding Components a. General: Products must comply with UL 467. Page 227 of 258 Access Control System Replacement b. Horizontal Grounding Bar: 1) 3/16"x 3/4"x 19"copper ground bar 2) Attachment screws (to match equipment rack, cabinet and/or enclosure) 3) 6-32 threaded holes with matching green screws 4) Ground lug or provision for a bonding jumper c. Vertical Grounding Strip: 1) 1/2"x 2/3"copper ground strip(length to match height of rack and/or cabinet) 2) Attachment screws (to match equipment rack and/or cabinet) 3) 12-24 holes with matching green thread-forming screws 4) Ground lug or provision for a bonding jumper 3. Power Distribution Unit(PDU) a. Not applicable to this project. C. Cable Runway 1. Not applicable to this project. 2.7 CONNECTING CORDS AND CABLES A. Copper Wire 1. Copper Wire (also 'cross-connect wire' and 'hookup wire') shall be 24 AWG, Copper twisted-pair, unjacketed wire. 2. Insulation color shall be as follows: a. 1-pair: white-blue/blue or white-green/green b. 2-pair: white-blue/blue and white-green/green c. 4-pair: white-blue/blue, white-green/green, white-orange/orange & white- brown/brown 3. Wire shall be provided in a spool(s)of not less than 500'. B. Copper Cords 1. Copper Cords (also 'patch cords') shall be (4) unshielded twisted pair (UTP), 24 AWG stranded with an overall PVC jacket and an 8P8C RJ45 booted plug on each end. 2. Construction: Copper cords shall: a. Be factory assembled, tested and packaged. b. Be pinned as T-568A or T-568B and wired straight through (no crossover). c. Be labeled with the manufacturer name, cable type and cord length. d. Incorporate an integral snagless boot design and strain relief that allows for minimum jack spacing on patch panels and equipment. e. Meet performance requirements of IEEE 8023af and 802.3at for Power- over-Ethernet(PoE) applications. f. Meet performance requirements (Category) as noted in Part 3. g. Carry a 5-year warranty, direct form the manufacturer to the Owner. C. Fiber Optic Cords 1. Fiber Optic Cords(also'patch cords')shall be duplex-style cord with each half of the duplex cord having a PVC jacket. 2. Construction: Fiber optic cords shall: a. Comply with TIE-EIA-604 (Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCSIS) b. Be factory assembled, tested and packaged. Page 228 of 258 Access Control System Replacement c. Be tight buffer. d. Be labeled with the manufacturer name, cable type and cord length. e. Incorporate an integral snagless boot design and strain relief that allows for minimum jack spacing on patch panels and equipment. Boot and/or strain relief shall be of the same color for each half of the duplex cord and different colors for each connector at each end of the cable. f. Incorporate optical fiber type(s) meeting the specifications of backbone fiber optic cabling described above and indicated in Part 3. g. Incorporate connector types as indicated in Part 3. h. Carry a 5-year warranty, direct form the manufacturer to the Owner. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Comply with NECA 1. B. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields. 2. Cables may not be spliced. 3. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIM, "Cabling Termination Practices"Chapter. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 4. Install lacing bars to restrain cables, to prevent straining connections, and to prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer. 5. Cable bundles shall consist of not more than 50 cables. 6. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination,tap,or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 7. Coil and secure 4 feet of each horizontal cable at the last support(e.g. J-Hook)before the cable enter a fishable wall, conduit, surface raceway or box. 8. At all communications equipment rooms provide-10-feet of slack in each horizontal cable under 250-feet in length to allow for changes in the telecommunication room layout without re-cabling. Preferred approach is to secure on the cable runway. C. Unenclosed Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches above ceilings by cable supports at intervals not exceeding 48 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 3. Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. 4. Cable shall not be laid directly on the ceiling grid. 5. Cables shall not be attached to ceiling grid wires, other cabling, plumbing or steam piping, ductwork,ceiling supports or conduit. D. Installation of Cable Routed Exposed Under Raised Floors: 1. Not applicable to this project. E. Systems Furniture Cable Installation 1. Not applicable to this project. Page 229 of 258 Access Control System Replacement F. Separation from EMI Sources: 1. Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA/EIA-569 for separating unshielded copper voice and data communication cable from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment. 2. Separation (minimum) between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: 5 inches. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: 12 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: 24 inches. 3. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: 2-1/2 inches. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: 6 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: 12 inches. 4. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: 3 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: 6 inches. 5. Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers, 5 kVA or HP and Larger:48 inches. 6. Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: 5 inches. 3.2 BACKBONE CABLING AND TERMINATION HARDWARE A. General 1. Coordinate backbone cabling with Termination Block locations location at Telecommunications Equipment Room(s). 2. Ground cables appropriately and incompliance with manufacturer's directions. 3. Where applicable: a. Bond the shield of shielded cable to the grounding bus bar in communications rooms and spaces. Includes Copper twisted pair and coax cables. b. Bond the armor of armored cable to the grounding bus bar in communications rooms and spaces. Includes Copper twisted pair, coax and fiber optic cables. c. Bond BET to Telecommunications Ground. B. Fiber Optic Cabling 1. Route, support and secure cables at entrance to and within enclosure per manufacturers recommendations. 2. Terminate fibers using the specified connector type. 3. Mate terminated fibers to specified couplings. 4. Position fibers consecutively-starting with lowest number-and map"position for position" between patch panels. 5. There shall be no transpositions in the cabling. (Reverse-pair positioning shall not be used.) 6. Orient Keyways on duplex couplings to establish a "cross-over" in cabling system per TIA/EIA-568. 7. Fit couplings with a dust cap. 8. Provide blank covers for unused coupling panel spaces. C. Copper Cabling Page 230 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 1. Feed cables from below the Termination Hardware in a manner that will facilitate growth. 2. Use five-pair connecting blocks(e.g. C5)to terminate backbone copper twisted-pair cable. 3. Insure that the twists in each cable pair are preserved to within manufacturers recommended limits. Remove cable jacket only to the extent required to make the termination. 4. Provide Horizontal Management: a. Equipped with legs for routing of cable behind wiring blocks. b. At the top of each column of termination blocks using 188-B type panels. c. Between each 100-pair wiring block using 2-RU Troughs. 5. Provide Vertical Management between and adjacent to columns for vertical routing of jumpers and/or cross-connect wiring. D. Building Entrance Terminals(BETs): Not applicable to project. 3.3 HORIZONTAL CABLING AND TERMINATION HARDWARE A. General 1. Install all cables in continuous lengths from endpoint to endpoint. No splices shall be allowed unless noted otherwise. 2. Cable shall be suitable for the installation environment through which it passes. General Purpose or Riser-rated installed in a Plenum area shall be in conduit. 3. Furnish all required installation tools to facilitate cable pulling without damage to the cable jacket. Such equipment is to include, but not limited to, sheaves, winches, cable reels, cable reel jacks, duct entrance tunnels, pulling tension gauge and similar devices. All equipment shall be of substantial construction to allow steady progress once pulling has begun. Makeshift devices, which may move or wear in a manner to pose a hazard to the cable, shall not be used. 4. Pull all cable by hand unless installation conditions require mechanical assistance. Where mechanical assistance is used, care shall be taken to ensure that the maximum tensile load for the cable as defined by the manufacturer is not exceeded. This may be in the form of continuous monitoring of pulling tension, use of a "break-away" or other approved method. 5. Complete all work using qualified personnel utilizing state-of-the-art equipment and techniques. During pulling operation an adequate number of workers shall be present to allow cable observation at all points of duct entry and exit, as well as to feed cable and operate pulling machinery. 6. Pull cable in accordance with cable manufacturer's recommendations and ANSI/IEEE C2 standards. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be a part of the cable submittal. Recommended pulling tensions and pulling bending radius shall not be exceeded. Any cable bent or kinked to radius less than recommended dimension shall not be installed. If any installed cable is kinked to a radius less than recommended dimension it shall be replaced by the contractor with no additional cost to the project. 7. All wiring shall be run "free-air", in conduit, in a secured metal raceway or in modular furniture as designated on the plan drawings. All cable shall be free of tension at both ends. 8. Avoid abrasion and other damage to cables during installation. 9. Pulling Lubricant may be used to ease pulling tensions. Lubricant shall be of a type that is non-injurious to the cable jacket and other materials used. Lubricant shall not harden or become adhesive with age. 10. All cable shall be free of tension at both ends. In cases where the cable must bear some stress, Kellems grips may be used to spread the strain over a longer length of cable. 11. Protection of cable from foreign materials: a. Provide adequate physical protection during construction to prevent foreign material application or contact with any cable type. Page 231 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 1) Foreign material is defined as any material that would negatively impact the validity of the manufacturer's performance warranty. This includes, but is not limited, to overspray of paint(accidental or otherwise), drywall compound, or any other surface chemical, liquid or compound that could come in contact with the cable, cable jacket or cable termination components. 2) Overspray of paint on any cable, cable jacket or cable termination component will not be accepted. 3) Use of any cleaning agents to remove overspray shall be per the cable manufacturer's written consent. b. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to replace any component in its entirety affected by a foreign material. This replacement shall be at no additional cost to the project. c. Should the manufacturer and/or warrantor of the structured cabling system desire to physically inspect the installed condition and certify the validity of the structured cabling system (via a signed and dated statement by an authorized representative of the structured cabling manufacturer), the Owner may, at their sole discretion, agree to accept said warranty in lieu of having the affected cables replaced. 1) In the case of plenum cabling, in addition to the statement from the manufacturer, the Contractor shall also present to the Owner a letter from the local Authority Having Jurisdiction stating that they consider the plenum rating of the cable to be intact and acceptable. 12. Manufacturer's minimum bend radius specifications shall be observed in all instances. 13. A pull cord(nylon; 1/8"minimum)shall be co-installed with all cable installed in any conduit. 14. All openings shall be sleeved and firestopped per prevailing code and building construction ratings upon completion of cable installation. B. Unshielded Twisted Pair Cabling 1. Route Horizontal Cabling on each Floor to the Telecommunications Room (TR) on that floor or to the designated TR if on another floor. 2. The maximum station cable drop length for specified UTP cable shall not exceed standards. This length is measured from the termination panel in the wiring closet to the outlet and must include any slack required for the installation and termination. 3. The Contractor is responsible for installing station cabling in a fashion as to avoid unnecessarily long runs. Any area that cannot be reached within the above constraints should be identified and reported to the Engineer prior to installation. 4. Changes to the plan shall be approved by the Engineer. 5. Where installed free-air, installation shall consider the following: a. Cable shall run at right angles and be kept clear of other trades work. b. Support cables according to code utilizing supports anchored to ceiling concrete, or structural steel beams per section 270550. c. Space supports at a maximum 4-foot interval unless limited by building construction. If cable"sag"at mid-span exceeds 6-inches, another support shall be used. d. Do not place cable directly on the ceiling grid or attach cable in any manner to the ceiling grid wires. e. Do not attach cables to existing cabling, plumbing or steam piping, ductwork, ceiling supports or electrical or communications conduit. 6. Cable ties to secure and anchor the station cabling shall not be allowed. Page 232 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 7. Place a coil of 4 feet in each cable shall in the ceiling at the last support (e.g. J-Hook) before the cables enter a fishable wall, conduit, surface raceway or box. At any location where cables are installed into movable partition walls or modular furniture via a service pole, approximately 15-feet of slack shall be left in each station cable under 250-feet in length to allow for change in the office layout without re-cabling. These "service loops" shall be secured at the last cable support before the cable leaves the ceiling. Minimum coil diameter shall be 8-inches. 8. At all Telecommunication Rooms (TR), provide approximately 10-feet of slack in each station cable to allow for changes in the telecommunication room layout without re-cabling. a. This slack shall not be required where a horizontal cable length in excess of 295-feet would result. b. Secure cable slack to the cable runway above the equipment racks. c. Cable bend radius (minimum) shall be 200% of the cable recommended minimum bend radius. 9. Minimum separation distances between communications wires and cables, and any electric light, power, Class 1, non-powered fire alarm, or medium power network-powered broadband communications circuit shall comply with NEC Article 800. 10. Within the equipment room in which Data Cabling is to be terminated, use only Hook and Loop(e.g. "Velcro")ties from room entry to the point of termination. This is to facilitate the addition of future cables. C. Fiber Optic Cabling: Not applicable to this project. D. Modular Patch Panels 1. Install Data Patch Panel(s) in a fashion as to allow future station cabling to be terminated on the panel without disruption to existing connections. 2. Size Data Patch panels to accommodate a minimum of 20% growth in the quantity of stations relative to the initial installation. 3. At Telecommunications Outlet and Data Patch Panel, ensure that the twists in each cable pair are preserved to within 0.5-inch of the termination for Data cables. The cable jacket shall be removed only to the extent required to make the termination. E. Telecommunications Outlets 1. Locate Telecommunications Outlets as identified on the Project Drawings. 2. Outlets shall be flush mounted on wall-mounted boxes, in floor-mounted boxes,on Surface Raceway and in modular furniture. 3. Mount level. 4. Unless noted otherwise on drawings,default mounting height(from finished floor to center line of outlet) in new installation shall be as indicated on the drawings. 5._ Wireless Access Point(WAP,AP) Locations: a. Unless noted otherwise on drawings, mount Telecommunications Outlet intended for use with a Wireless Access Point (WAP) as follows: 1) Drop Ceilings - Cut ceiling tiles and deliver cabling into 2-gang outlet box mounted on a grid box hanger(a.k.a. "tile bridge"). 2) Exposed Ceilings (surface mount) -cabling piped out of tray to a 2- gang outlet box. 3) Drywall-deliver cable into flush mounted 2-gang outlet box. 4) Reduce opening to 1-gang using "mud ring". 5) Provide cable slack at each location to allow for re-location of the TO. Unless noted otherwise on the project drawings, slack length (each cable) shall be 20-feet. Page 233 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 6) Telecommunications Outlet locations for Wireless Access Points as shown on drawings are approximate. Coordinate final locations with the Owner's telecommunications staff. F. Surge Protection Devices 1. Refer to Division 26. 3.4 EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS A. Racks, Cabinets and Enclosures 1. Equipment Racks a. Not applicable to this project. 2. Equipment Cabinets a. Not applicable to this project. B. Rack, Cabinet and Enclosure Accessories 1. Cable Management a. Install horizontal and vertical cable management as indicated on drawings. b. Verify doors swing and latch easily and without binding. 2. Power Distribution Unit(PDU) a. Not applicable to this project. 3.5 CONNECTING CORDS AND CABLES A. Not applicable to this project. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING A. Inspections 1. Visually confirm performance (e.g. "Category") marking of cables, outlet/connectors, and patch panels. 2. Visually inspect copper and optical fiber cable jacket materials for NRTL certification markings. 3. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 4. Inspect cabling terminations for compliance with TIA/EIA-568 (including un-twisted conductor length, color-coding for pin assignments, cable bend radius. B. Testing 1. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568. 2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in "Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in "Measurement Accuracy(Informative)"Annex. 3. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. 4. Calibrate test unit(s)or have test unit(s)calibrated to factory compliance prior to beginning any cabling test. a. Optical Fiber Cable Tests: 1) Link End-to-End Attenuation Tests: a) Multimode link measurements: Test at 850 or 1300 nm in 1 direction according to TIA/EIA-526-14-A, Method B, One Reference Jumper. Page 234 of 258 Access Control System Replacement b) Single Mode link measurements: Test at 1300 nm in 1 direction according to TIA/EIA-526-17, Method A.1, One Reference Jumper. 2) Attenuation test results for backbone links shall be less than 2.0 dB. Attenuation test results shall be less than that calculated according to equation in TIA/EIA-568. b. UTP Performance Tests—Backbone Cable: 1) Test for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. c. UTP Performance Tests: 1) Test from Horizontal Cross-connect to Telecommunications Outlet. 2) Confirm all pairs to be free of shorts and opens. 3) Verify pair validity, polarity, and conductor position on the terminating blocks (Wire Map). 4) Perform Permanent Link performance tests according to TIA/EIA- 568 to Category of cabling specified above. d. Coaxial Cable Tests: 1) Test cables after termination but before cross-connection. 2) Locate Breaks, Faults or flawed terminations. 3) Verify Length. 4) Verify Impedance. 5) Verify Return Loss (5-MHz to 1-GHz). C. Post-Inspection and Testing 1. Remove and replace cabling where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. 2. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 3. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 DOCUMENTATION A. Document data for each measurement. B. Copper UTP Cable Test Results 1. Submit test results for each Horizontal Link in electronic form in the native format of the test instrument 2. Submit summary of results that includes a graphical display of all test parameters. Submit is Adobe Acrobat.pdf format. C. Cross-Connect Documentation 1. Not applicable to this project. D. Fiber Optic Cable Test Results 1. Submit test results for each fiber optic link in electronic form in the native format of the test instrument E. Record Drawings 1. Modify construction documents to denote as-built information to include: a. Cable routes Page 235 of 258 Access Control System Replacement b. Outlet locations. Outlet locations shall be identified by their sequential number as defined elsewhere in this document. Numbering, icons and drawing conventions used shall be consistent throughout all documentation provided. c. Identify drawings as "As-built"and include: 1) Contractor name and/or logo 2) Drawing date. 2. Provide in Hard Copy(Paper)and in Electronic form. 3. Electronic drawings shall use font, color, layer, and model/paper-space conventions used in the original drawings. 3.8 TRAINING A. Provide training to Owner personnel on operation and maintenance of total system and each component. B. Training to include: 1. Overview of System Topology and General Concepts 2. Overview of Product Used 3. Overview of Equipment Room Layouts 4. Overview of Labeling Formats 5. Overview of Test Results and their meaning 6. Overview of Documentation C. Training shall be held at Project Site and shall be conducted during normal working hours. D. Training session duration shall be not less than one(1)hour. 1. Provide(1)such sessions. E. Coordinate with Owner to schedule session(s). Provide adequate notification to allow owner to schedule staff. F. Attendance shall be by Owner staff and/or contract maintenance personnel. END OF SECTION 271000 Page 236 of 258 Access Control System Replacement SECTION 272000—DATA COMMUNICATIONS ACTIVE EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This specification section is intended to establish the minimum acceptable data communications products and requirements for the installation of those products that provide digital data communications for the project. B. One or more related specification sections may refer to this section. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Sections 270500 "Common Work Results for Communications Systems" and Section 270550 "Common Infrastructure for Communications Systems." B. Division 27 and 28 specification sections that include a requirement for active data network equipment. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS &ACRONYMS A. The following Abbreviations & Acronyms apply to this document. Some or all may apply to the project. IP Internet Protocol KVM Keyboard, Video, Mouse LAN Local Area Network MAN Metropolitan Area Network PAN Personal Area Network PoE Power over Ethernet SSID Service Set Identifier TCP Transmission Control Protocol VLAN Virtual Local Area Network (LAN) VolP Voice over Internet Protocol (IP) WAN Wide Area Network WAP(AP) Wireless Access Point(Access Point) WLAN Wireless Local Area Network (LAN) 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions apply to this document and its companion sections for clarification and direction. Some or all may apply to the project. Access Layer The point at which local end users are allowed into the network. In the LAN environment,this connection point is typically a switched Ethernet port that is assigned to a virtual LAN (VLAN) Ad Hoc Network A peer-to-peer network characterized by communication between nodes without the need for an infrastructure. Page 237 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Antenna A conductive structure specifically designed to couple or radiate electromagnetic energy. In radio frequency(RF)systems, the antenna may be used to both transmit and receive electromagnetic energy Distribution Layer A collection of switches between the core and access layer. Distribution switches may be a switch and external router combination or a multilayer switch. Ethernet A networking technology originally based on a logical bus structure and carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD). Ethernet standards are formulated by the IEEE 802.3 committee and apply to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Reference Model Layers 1 and 2. Media Converter A device that transfers a signal from one transmission medium type to another(e.g., from copper to optical fiber). OSI model A seven-layer network architecture developed by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO)that has served as a foundation for the development of many standards for network systems communications. The seven layers are physical, data link, network, transport, session, presentation, and application. SSID A character string used for identification of a service set. Service sets must have identical SSIDs to establish radio contact. 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS REFERENCES A. Refer to Section 270500"Common Work Results for Communications Systems." 1.6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Refer to Section 270500"Common Work Results for Communications Systems." 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to Section 270500"Common Work Results for Communications Systems." 1.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Refer to Section 270500"Common Work Results for Communications Systems." 1.9 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated in this section. B. Shop Drawings: For all systems within this section that consist of multiple, interconnected devices. Indicate all head-end and field devices and their power requirements. Include a one-line diagram detailing their interconnections. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Refer to Section 270500"Common Work Results for Communications Systems." 1.11 WARRANTY Page 238 of 258 Access Control System Replacement A. Manufacturer's standard warranty for workmanship, minimum of one year from date of system substantial completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Where basis-of-design products are indicated,these products have been shown to meet the design intent of the product requirements. Other products shall be considered provided they are of equal or superior quality and functionality than the basis-of-design products indicated. 2.2 ETHERNET SWITCHES A. 24 port network switches, contractor to coordinate with owner to match current Cisco deployment and management software requirements. 2.3 WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS A. Wireless access points as per manufacturer requirements for the wireless locking system. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install equipment as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 272000 Page 239 of 258 Access Control System Replacement SECTION 281000—ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The project is an expansion of the existing Tyco security systems and shall replace the existing implementation of access control with the most current version of Software House access control system panels,software and operating system as identified in the project documents.The Software House system as an expansion of the existing Tyco systems shall utilize existing cabling and pathways and shall have functions,databases and operational configurations of the current access control system transferred or programmed to implement the same operational function of the system. B. All items necessary to complete a fully operational system compatible with the existing field deployed Access Control components where applicable. C. The access control system shall interface to the door locks, and gate locks allow for controlled access and monitoring in and by the access control system. D. The access control system shall interface to the vehicle gate controller, and loop detectors allow for controlled access and monitoring in and by the access control system. E. Each centrally located access control panel shall accommodate eight(8)additional doors with dual readers, also panels, 10 board, and door controller shall accommodate 20% additional inputs beyond the design as shown in the project documents. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CPU: Central processing unit. B. Credential: Data assigned to an entity and used to identify that entity. C. GFI: Ground fault interrupter. D. Identifier: A credential card; keypad personal identification number; or code, biometric characteristic, or other unique identification entered as data into the entry-control database for the purpose of identifying an individual. Where this term is presented with an initial capital letter, this definition applies. E. I/O: Input/Output. F. LAN: Local area network. G. Location: A Location on the network having a PC-to-controller communications link,with additional controllers at the Location connected to the PC-to-controller link with a TIA 485-A communications loop. Where this term is presented with an initial capital letter, this definition applies. H. PC: Personal computer.Applies to the central station,workstations, and file servers. Page 240 of 258 Access Control System Replacement I. PDF: Portable Document Format.The file format used by the Acrobat document-exchange-system software from Adobe. J. RF: Radio frequency. K. TCP/IP: Transport control protocol/Internet protocol incorporated into Microsoft Windows. L. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply. M. USB: Universal serial bus. N. VSS:Video Surveillance System O. WAN:Wide area network. P. WAV:The digital audio format used in Microsoft Windows. Q. WMP:Windows media player. R. Wiegand: Patented magnetic principle that uses specially treated wires embedded in the credential card. S. Windows: Operating system by Microsoft Corporation. T. Workstation: A PC with software that is configured for specific, limited security-system functions. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Reference each product to a location on Drawings. Test and evaluation data presented in Product Data shall comply with SIA BIO-01. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. System labeling schedules, including electronic copy of labeling schedules that are part of the cable and asset identification system of the software specified in Parts 2 and 3. 2. Wiring Diagrams. For power, signal, and control wiring: 3. Battery and charger calculations for controllers. C. Other Action Submittals: 1. Project planning documents as specified in Part 3. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For security system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. Hard copies of manufacturer's specification sheets, operating specifications, design guides, user's guides for software and hardware, and PDF files on CD-ROM of the hard- copy submittal. Page 241 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2. System installation and setup guides with data forms to plan and record options and setup decisions. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Credential card blanks,ready for printing. Include enough credential cards for all personnel to be enrolled at the site plus an extra 10 percent for future use. 2. Fuses of all kinds, power and electronic, equal to 10 percent of amount installed for each size used, but no fewer than three units. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications:An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. 1. Cable installer must have on staff a registered communication distribution designer certified by Building Industry Consulting Service International. 2. Contractor shall be certified by manufacturer to work on existing installed access control system. B. Source Limitations: Obtain central station, workstations, controllers, Identifier readers, and all software through one source from single manufacturer. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Central Station, Workstations, and Controllers: 1. Store in temperature- and humidity-controlled environment in original manufacturer's sealed containers. Maintain ambient temperature between 50 and 85 deg F (10 and 30 deg C), and not more than 80 percent relative humidity, noncondensing. 2. Open each container; verify contents against packing list; and file copy of packing list, complete with container identification, for inclusion in operation and maintenance data. 3. Mark packing list with the same designations assigned to materials and equipment for recording in the system labeling schedules that are generated by software specified in "Cable and Asset Management Software"Article. 4. Save original manufacturer's containers and packing materials and deliver as directed under provisions covering extra materials. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: System shall be capable of withstanding the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability: 1. Control Station: Rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 60 to 85 deg F(16 to 30 deg C)and a relative humidity of 20 to 80 percent, noncondensing. 2. Indoor, Controlled Environment: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. System components, except the central-station control unit, installed in temperature-controlled indoor Page 242 of 258 Access Control System Replacement environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 36 to 122 deg F(2 to 50 deg C)dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, noncondensing. 3. Indoor, Uncontrolled Environment: NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosures. System components installed in non-temperature-controlled indoor environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 0 to 122 deg F(minus 18 to plus 50 deg C)dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, noncondensing. 4. Outdoor Environment: NEMA 250, NEMA 250, Type 4 enclosures. System components installed in locations exposed to weather shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of minus 30 to plus 122 deg F (minus 34 to plus 50 deg C) dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, condensing. Rate for continuous operation where exposed to rain as specified in NEMA 250, winds up to 85 mph (137 km/h) and snow cover up to 24 inches(610 mm)thick. 5. Hazardous Environment: System components located in areas where fire or explosion hazards may exist because of flammable gases or vapors, flammable liquids, combustible dust, or ignitable fibers shall be rated, listed, and installed according to NFPA 70. 6. Corrosive Environment:For system components subjected to corrosive fumes,vapors,and wind-driven salt spray in coastal zones, provide NEMA 250, Type 4X enclosures. 1.11 SPARE PARTS: A. The Contractor shall provide additional units of exterior mounted credential readers and door position switches 10% of the quantity required for the project, at a minimum of 10 units of each model type, for use as spare parts: B. The Contractor shall deliver the spare parts to the Owner prior to Owner Acceptance. C. Any spare parts used during the implementation of this project shall be replaced within seven (7) working days, and the complete parts inventory shall be in place prior to system final acceptance, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Any spare parts used during the warranty period shall be replaced within seven working (7)days, and the complete parts inventory shall be in place prior to the end of the warranty period. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall be Software House of the latest enterprise version at the time of installation. 2.2 SURGE AND TAMPER PROTECTION A. Surge Protection: Protect components from voltage surges originating external to equipment housing and entering through power, communication, signal, control, or sensing leads. Include surge protection for external wiring of each conductor-entry connection to components. 1. Minimum Protection for Communication, Signal, Control, and Low-Voltage Power Connections: Comply with requirements as recommended by manufacturer for type of line being protected. B. Tamper Protection: Tamper switches on enclosures, control units, pull boxes, junction boxes, cabinets, and other system components shall initiate a tamper-alarm signal when unit is opened or Page 243 of 258 Access Control System Replacement partially disassembled. Control-station control-unit alarm display shall identify tamper alarms and indicate locations. 2.3 CONTROLLERS A. Controllers: Intelligent peripheral control unit, complying with UL 294, that are an expansion of the existing deployed system. New controllers, and door interface modules shall be fully compatible with the current deployed hardware and software. 2.4 CREDENTIAL READER A. Shall be fully compatible with the existing deployed access control systems and installed access control software, shall match existing card-reader pin pad combo units on site. B. Card-Reader Power: Powered from its associated controller, including its standby power source, and shall not dissipate more than 5 W. C. Response Time:Card reader shall respond to passage requests by generating a signal that is sent to the controller. Response time shall be 800 ms or less, from the time the card reader finishes reading the credential card until a response signal is generated. D. Enclosure: Suitable for surface, semi-flush, pedestal, or weatherproof mounting. Mounting types shall additionally be suitable for installation in the following locations: 1. Indoors, controlled environment. 2. Indoors, uncontrolled environment. 3. Outdoors, with built-in heaters or other cold-weather equipment to extend the operating temperature range as needed for operation at the site. E. Display: Digital visual indicator shall provide visible and audible status indications and user prompts. Indicate power on or off,whether user passage requests have been accepted or rejected, and whether the door is locked or unlocked. F. Proximity Readers: 1. The card reader shall read proximity cards in a range from direct contact to at least 6 inches (150 mm)from the reader. G. Keypads: 1. Entry-control keypads shall use a unique combination of alphanumeric and other symbols as an Identifier. 2. Keypads shall contain an integral alphanumeric/special symbols keyboard with symbols arranged in random scrambled order. 3. Communication protocol shall be compatible with the local processor. H. Keypad Display: 1. Keypads shall include a digital visual indicator and shall provide visible and audible status indications and user prompts. 2. Display shall indicate power on or off and whether user passage requests have been accepted or rejected. 3. Design of the keypad display or keypad enclosure shall limit viewing angles of the keypad as follows: Page 244 of 258 Access Control System Replacement a. Maximum Horizontal Viewing Angle: Plus or minus 5 degrees or less off a vertical plane perpendicular to the plane of the face of the keypad display. b. Maximum Vertical Viewing Angle: Plus or minus 15 degrees or less off a horizontal plane perpendicular to the plane of the face of the keypad display. I. Keypad Response Time: 1. The keypad shall respond to passage requests by generating a signal to the local processor. The response time shall be 800 ms or less from the time the last alphanumeric symbol is entered until a response signal is generated. J. Keypad Power: 1. The keypad shall be powered from the source as shown and shall not dissipate more than 150 W. K. Keypad Mounting Method: 1. Keypads shall be suitable for surface, semi-flush, pedestal, or weatherproof mounting as required. L. Keypad Duress Codes: 1. Keypads shall provide a means for users to indicate a duress situation by entering a special code. M. Communication Protocol: Compatible with local processor. N. Contactless Card Reader:The reader shall have"flash"download capability to accommodate card format changes. The card reader shall have capability of transmitting data to security control panel and shall comply with ISO/IEC 7816. O. Basis of design for keypad prox combo: HID iCLASS SE RK40 Keypad Reader. P. Basis of design for mullion prox combo: HID iCLASS SE R40 Reader. 2.5 DOOR AND GATE HARDWARE INTERFACE A. Vehicle Gate Operator: Interface electrical operation of gate with controls in this Section. Vehicle gate operators shall be connected, monitored, and controlled by the security access controllers. B. Electric Door Strikes: Use end-of-line resistors to provide power-line supervision. Signal switches shall transmit data to controller to indicate when the bolt is not engaged, and the strike mechanism is unlocked, and they shall report a forced entry. Power and signal shall be from the controller. Electric strikes are specified in Section 087100"Door Hardware." C. Electromagnetic Locks: End-of-line resistors shall provide power-line supervision. Lock status sensing signal shall positively indicate door is secure. Power and signal shall be from the controller. Electromagnetic locks are specified in Section 087100"Door Hardware." 2.6 POSITION SWITCHES A. Description: Balanced-magnetic switch, complying with UL 634, installed on frame with integral overcurrent device to limit current to 80 percent of switch capacity. Bias magnet and minimum of Page 245 of 258 Access Control System Replacement two encapsulated reed switches shall resist compromise from introduction of foreign magnetic fields. B. Flush-Mounted Switches: Unobtrusive and flush with surface of the portal. 2.7 SECURITY FASTENERS A. Operable only by tools produced for use on specific type of fastener by fastener manufacturer or other licensed fabricator.Drive system type,head style, material,and protective coating as required for assembly, installation, and strength. B. Drive System Types: Pinned Torx-Plus, pinned Torx or pinned hex(Allen). C. Socket Flat Countersunk Head Fasteners: 1. Heat-treated alloy steel, ASTM F 835 2. Stainless steel, ASTM F 879 Group 1 CW. D. Socket Button Head Fasteners: 1. Heat-treated alloy steel,ASTM F 835 2. Stainless steel, ASTM F 879 Group 1 CW. E. Socket Head Cap Fasteners: 1. Heat-treated alloy steel, ASTM A 574 2. Stainless steel, ASTM F 837 Group 1 CW. F. Protective Coatings for Heat-Treated Alloy Steel: 1. Zinc chromate, ASTM F 1135, Grade 3 or Grade 4, for exterior applications and interior applications where indicated. 2. Zinc phosphate with oil, ASTM F 1137, Grade I, or black oxide unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 REX PIR: A. Detect exiting person by monitoring infrared energy emitted within the protected zone. Units are sensitive to the infrared wavelengths emitted by the human body and are insensitive to general area thermal variations. B. For interior doors proximity sensors shall release electrified locking device when a person is detected within 1'of interior locked doors 2.9 ACCESS CONTROL PANEL POWER SUPPLIES A. In-building ACPs shall be supplied by independent power supplies. The power supply shall only provide power to the field devices associated to its coupled ACP. B. Each power supply shall incorporate the following features, as a minimum: 1. Standby battery power for a total of 4-hours of operation of door locks after AC power failure to the power supply. a. Battery Type and configuration shall be per ACP manufacturer's specification. Page 246 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2. Individual fused and MOV protected output circuits. (One circuit per device powered). 3. Battery charger. 4. Class 2 rated power limited outputs. a. Fused 120VAC input power. b. Short circuit and thermal overload protection. c. Zero voltage drop upon transfer to battery operation. d. AC fail supervision relay contact. e. Low battery and battery presence supervision relay. f. Tamper switch on enclosure door. 5. Battery backup for four hours of normal operation. 6. Support for up to four reader inputs. C. Construction: 1. 16 AWG metal wall mounted lockable cabinet. 2. NEMA 1 enclosure. 3. Tamper switch on door. D. Power and Environmental: 1. Input: 115VAC 50/60 Hz. 2. Output: 12VDC at 6.5A maximum. 3. Operating temperature: -4 to 104 degrees F. 4. Operating humidity: 5%to 95% relative humidity non-condensing. E. Manufacturer/Model:Altronix AL6000LX series or approved equal. 2.10 Computer Hardware A. Clone computers built by the Contractor shall not be acceptable. Computers shall be fully compatible and endorsed by the access control system manufacturer and will have the following characteristics: 1. Host and Redundant Servers: a. 3.2 GHz processor with 4GB of RAM. b. Two (2)serial ports. c. 100MBPS Ethernet NIC. d. 3 W diskette drive. e. CD-ROM drive. f. Minimum Three (3) Three Hundred (300) GB Hard Drives: g. Integrated Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Adaptec®AIC-7890. h. RAID Controller Single Channel. Mouse. j. Full function keyboard. k. Audio sound card and speakers. I. License agreement for all applicable software. m. Server Redundancy 1) The ALMS server shall support a fault tolerant hard drive and redundant database architecture through the utilization of a Page 247 of 258 Access Control System Replacement Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID). It shall allow for normal operations with minimal downtime to occur in the event that the database server fails. 2) The Contractor shall furnish and install a level 5 SCSI RAID, hot swappable, equal to the data being stored with an additional 300% capacity than what is required. The RAID unit shall provide data striping at the byte level and also stripe error correction information with excellent performance and good fault tolerance. The Contractor shall supply hard drives where required via SCSI format. 3) The system shall support a redundant array of multiple independent hard disk drives RAID that provide high performance and fault tolerance. The RAID array shall appear to the host computer as a single storage unit. 4) RAID level 5 includes disk striping at the block level and parity. The administrator shall be able to replace the failed drive without taking the security system down. The array software shall rebuild the lost data from parity information stored on the other drives in the array. 5) Provide RAID management software for physical and logical supervision of the RAID Subsystem. The RAID management software shall, at a minimum, report:Logical disk errors, Physical disk errors, Power supply failures, Over temperature, SCSI interface failure. 2. Operator Work Station: a. 3.2 GHz processor with 4GB of RAM. b. Two (2) serial ports. c. 100MBPS Ethernet NIC. d. 31/"diskette drive. e. CD-ROM drive. f. Forty (40) GB hard disk. g. 19" .26 dot pitch monitor. h. Mouse. i. Full function keyboard. j. Audio sound card and speakers. k. License agreement for all applicable software. I. Laser Report Text& Image Printer. m. Badge Printer(Badging Station Only). n. Enrollment Reader(Badging Station Only). o. Digital Camera (Badging Station Only). 2.11 FIELD-PROCESSING HARDWARE A. Alarm Annunciation Local Processor: 1. Respond to interrogations from the field device network, recognize and store alarm status inputs until they are transmitted to the central station, and change outputs based on commands received from the central station. 2. Local processor shall also automatically restore communication within 10 seconds after an interruption with the field device network and provide dc line supervision on each of its alarm inputs. Page 248 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 3. Local processor inputs shall monitor dry contacts for changes of state that reflect alarm conditions. 4. Local processor shall have at least eight alarm inputs which allow wiring contacts as normally open or normally closed for alarm conditions; and shall provide line supervision for each input by monitoring each input for abnormal open,grounded,or shorted conditions using dc current change measurements. 5. Local processor shall report line supervision alarms to the central station. 6. Alarms shall be reported for any condition that remains abnormal at an input for longer than 500 milliseconds. 7. Alarm condition shall be transmitted to the central computer during the next interrogation cycle. 8. Local processor outputs shall reflect the state of commands issued by the central station. 9. Outputs shall be a form C contact and shall include normally open and normally closed contacts. 10. Local processor shall have at least four command outputs. 11. Local processor shall be able to communicate with the central station via RS-485 or TCP/IP as a minimum. B. Processor Power Supply: 1. Local processor and sensors shall be powered from an uninterruptible power source. 2. Uninterruptible power source shall provide eight hours of battery back-up power in the event of primary power failure and shall automatically fully recharge the batteries within 12 hours after primary power is restored. 3. If the facility is without an emergency generator, the uninterruptible power source shall provide 24 hours of battery backup power. 4. There shall be no equipment malfunctions or perturbations or loss of data during the switch from primary to battery power and vice versa. 5. Batteries shall be sealed, non-outgassing type. 6. Power supply shall be equipped with an indicator for ac input power and an indicator for dc output power. 7. Loss of primary power shall be reported to the central station as an alarm. C. Auxiliary Equipment Power: A GFI service outlet shall be furnished inside the local processor's enclosure. D. Entry-Control Local Processor: 1. Entry-control local processor shall respond to interrogations from the field device network, recognize and store alarm status inputs until they are transmitted to the central station, and change outputs based on commands received from the central station. 2. Local processor shall also automatically restore communication within 10 seconds after an interruption with the field device network and provide dc line supervision on each of its alarm inputs. 3. Entry-control local processor shall provide local entry-control functions including communicating with field devices such as card readers, keypads, biometric personnel identity-verification devices, door strikes, magnetic latches, gate and door operators, and exit push buttons. 4. Processor shall also accept data from entry-control field devices as well as database downloads and updates from the central station that include enrollment and privilege information. 5. Processor shall send indications of successful or failed attempts to use entry-control field devices and shall make comparisons of presented information with stored identification information. 6. Processor shall grant or deny entry by sending control signals to portal-control devices and mask intrusion-alarm annunciation from sensors stimulated by authorized entries. Page 249 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 7. Entry-control local processor shall use inputs from entry-control devices to change modes between access and secure. 8. Local processor shall maintain a date-time- and location-stamped record of each transaction and transmit transaction records to the central station. 9. Processor shall operate as a stand-alone portal controller using the downloaded database during periods of communication loss between the local processor and the central station. 10. Processor shall store a minimum of 4000 transactions during periods of communication loss between the local processor and the central station for subsequent upload to the central station upon restoration of communication. 11. Local processor inputs shall monitor dry contacts for changes of state that reflect alarm conditions. 12. Local processor shall have at least eight alarm inputs which allow wiring contacts as normally open or normally closed for alarm conditions; and shall also provide line supervision for each input by monitoring each input for abnormal open, grounded, or shorted conditions using dc current change measurements. 13. Local processor shall report line supervision alarms to the central station. 14. Alarms shall be reported for any condition that remains abnormal at an input for longer than 500 ms. 15. Alarm condition shall be transmitted to the central station during the next interrogation cycle. 16. Entry-control local processor shall include the necessary software drivers to communicate with entry-control field devices. Information generated by the entry-control field devices shall be accepted by the local processor and automatically processed to determine valid identification of the individual present at the portal. 17. Upon authentication of the credentials or information presented, the local processor shall automatically check privileges of the identified individual, allowing only those actions granted as privileges. 18. Privileges shall include, but are not limited to, time of day control, day of week control, group control, and visitor escort control. The local processor shall maintain a date-time- and location-stamped record of each transaction. 19. Transaction is defined as any successful or unsuccessful attempt to gain access through a controlled portal by the presentation of credentials or other identifying information. 20. Local processor outputs shall reflect the state of commands issued by the central station. 21. Outputs shall be a form C contact and shall include normally open and normally closed contacts. 22. Local processor shall have at least four addressable outputs. 23. The entry-control local processor shall also provide control outputs to portal-control devices. 24. Local processor shall be able to communicate with the central station via RS-485 or TCP/IP as a minimum. 25. The system manufacturer shall provide strategies for downloading database information for panel configurations and cardholder data to minimize the required download time when using IP connectivity. 2.12 CABLES A. General Cable Requirements: Comply with requirements in Section 280513 "Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and Security" and as recommended by system manufacturer for integration requirement. B. PVC-Jacketed, TIA 232-F Cables: 1. Two pairs, No. 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, and individual aluminum-foilpolyester-tape shielded pairs with 100 percent shield coverage; PVC jacket. Page 250 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2. Pairs are cabled on common axis with No. 24 AWG, stranded (7x32) tinned copper drain wire. 3. NFPA 70,Type CM. 4. Flame Resistance: UL 1581 vertical tray. C. Plenum-Type, TIA 232-F Cables: 1. Two pairs, No. 22 AWG, stranded (7x30)tinned copper conductors, plastic insulation, and individual aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shielded pairs with 100 percent shield coverage; plastic jacket. 2. Pairs are cabled on common axis with No. 24 AWG, stranded (7x32) tinned copper drain wire. 3. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 4. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. D. PVC-Jacketed,TIA 485-A Cables:Two pairs,twisted, No.22 AWG, stranded(7x30)tinned copper conductors, PVC insulation, unshielded, PVC jacket, and NFPA 70, Type CMG. E. Plenum-Type, TIA 485-A Cables: 1. Two pairs, No. 22 AWG, stranded (7x30)tinned copper conductors, fluorinated-ethylene- propylene insulation, unshielded, and fluorinated-ethylene-propylene jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. F. Multiconductor, PVC, Reader and Wiegand Keypad Cables: 1. No. 22 AWG, paired and twisted multiple conductors, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, semirigid PVC insulation, overall aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shield with 100 percent shield coverage, plus tinned copper braid shield with 65 percent shield coverage, and PVC jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMG. 3. Flame Resistance: UL 1581 vertical tray. 4. For TIA 232-F applications. G. Paired, PVC, Reader and Wiegand Keypad Cables: 1. Three pairs, twisted, No. 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, individual aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shielded pairs each with No. 22 AWG, stranded tinned copper drain wire, 100 percent shield coverage, and PVC jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CM. 3. Flame Resistance: UL 1581 vertical tray. H. Paired, PVC, Reader and Wiegand Keypad Cables: 1. Three pairs,twisted, No.20 AWG,stranded(7x28)tinned copper conductors,polyethylene (polyolefin)insulation, individual aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shielded pairs each with No. 22 AWG, stranded (19x34) tinned copper drain wire, 100 percent shield coverage, and PVC jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CM. 3. Flame Resistance: UL 1581 vertical tray. Paired, Plenum-Type, Reader and Wiegand Keypad Cables: Page 251 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 1. Three pairs, No. 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, plastic insulation, individual aluminum-foil/polypropylene-tape shielded pairs each with No. 22 AWG, stranded tinned copper drain wire, 100 percent shield coverage, and fluorinated-ethylene- propylene jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. J. Multiconductor, Plenum-Type, Reader and Wiegand Keypad Cables: 1. Six conductors, No. 20 AWG, stranded (7x28) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated- ethylene-propylene insulation,overall aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shield with 100 percent shield coverage plus tinned copper braid shield with 85 percent shield coverage, and fluorinated-ethylene-propylene jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. K. Paired, Lock Cables: 1. One pair, twisted, No. 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned copper conductors, PVC insulation, unshielded, and PVC jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMG. 3. Flame Resistance: UL 1581 vertical tray. L, Paired, Plenum-Type, Lock Cables: 1. One pair, twisted, No. 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned copper conductors, PVC insulation, unshielded, and PVC jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. M. Paired, Lock Cables: 1. One pair, twisted, No. 18 AWG, stranded (19x30) tinned copper conductors, PVC insulation, unshielded, and PVC jacket. 2. NFPA 70,Type CMG. 3. Flame Resistance: UL 1581 vertical tray. N, Paired, Plenum-Type, Lock Cables: 1. One pair, twisted, No. 18 AWG, stranded (19x30) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated- ethylene-propylene insulation, unshielded, and plastic jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. O. Paired, Input Cables: 1. One pair, twisted, No. 22 AWG, stranded (7x30)tinned copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, overall aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shield with No. 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper drain wire, 100 percent shield coverage, and PVC jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMR. 3. Flame Resistance: UL 1666 riser flame test. P. Paired, Plenum-Type, Input Cables: Page 252 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 1. One pair, twisted, No. 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated- ethylene-propylene insulation, aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shield (foil side out), with No. 22 AWG drain wire, 100 percent shield coverage, and plastic jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. Q. Paired, AC Transformer Cables: 1. One pair,twisted, No. 18 AWG,stranded(7x26)tinned copper conductors, PVC insulation, unshielded, and PVC jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMG. R. Paired, Plenum-Type,AC Transformer Cables: 1. One pair, twisted, No. 18 AWG, stranded (19x30) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated- ethylene-propylene insulation, unshielded, and plastic jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. 2.13 TRANSFORMERS A. NFPA 70, Class II control transformers, NRTL listed. Transformers for security access-control system shall not be shared with any other system. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine pathway elements intended for cables. Check raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, hazards to cable installation, and other conditions affecting installation. B. Examine roughing-in for LAN and control cable conduit systems to PCs, controllers, card readers, and other cable-connected devices to verify actual locations of conduit and back boxes before device installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with recommendations in SIA CP-01. B. Comply with TIA/EIA 606-B, "Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure." C. Obtain detailed Project planning forms from manufacturer of access-control system; develop custom forms to suit Project. Fill in all data available from Project plans and specifications and publish as Project planning documents for review and approval. 1. Record setup data for control station and workstations. 2. For each Location, record setup of controller features and access requirements. 3. Propose start and stop times for time zones and holidays, and match up access levels for doors. 4. Set up groups,facility codes, linking, and list inputs and outputs for each controller. Page 253 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 5. Assign action message names and compose messages. 6. Set up alarms. Establish interlocks between alarms, intruder detection, and video surveillance features. 7. Prepare and install alarm graphic maps. 8. Develop user-defined fields. 9. Develop screen layout formats. 10. Propose setups for guard tours and key control. 11. Discuss badge layout options;design badges. 12. Complete system diagnostics and operation verification. 13. Prepare a specific plan for system testing, startup, and demonstration. 14. Develop acceptance test concept and, on approval, develop specifics of the test. 15. Develop cable and asset-management system details; input data from construction documents. Include system schematics and Visio Technical Drawings in electronic format. D. In meetings with Architect and Owner, present Project planning documents and review, adjust,and prepare final setup documents. Use final documents to set up system software. 3.3 CABLING A. Comply with NECA 1, "Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction." B. Install cables and wiring according to requirements in Item L-108"Install Underground Cable"and Item L-110" Elec. Conduits, Handholes and Pull Boxes". C. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway and cable tray except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters. Conceal raceway and wiring except in unfinished spaces. D. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway and cable tray except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Use NRTL-listed plenum cable in environmental airspaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. E. Install LAN cables using techniques, practices, and methods that are consistent with Category 5E rating of components and fiber-optic rating of components, and that ensure Category 6 and fiber- optic performance of completed and linked signal paths, end to end. F. Boxes and enclosures containing security-system components or cabling, and which are easily accessible to employees or to the public, shall be provided with a lock. Boxes above ceiling level in occupied areas of the building shall not be considered accessible. Junction boxes and small device enclosures below ceiling level and easily accessible to employees or the public shall be covered with a suitable cover plate and secured with tamperproof screws. G. Install end-of-line resistors at the field device location and not at the controller or panel location. 3.4 CABLE APPLICATION A. Comply with TIA 569-C, "Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces." B. Cable application requirements are minimum requirements and shall be exceeded if recommended or required by manufacturer of system hardware. C. TIA 232-F Cabling: Install at a maximum distance of 50 ft. (15 m). D. TIA 485-A Cabling: Install at a maximum distance of 4000 ft. (1220 m). Page 254 of 258 Access Control System Replacement E. Card Readers and Keypads: 1. Install number of conductor pairs recommended by manufacturer for the functions specified. 2. Unless manufacturer recommends larger conductors, install No.22 AWG wire if maximum distance from controller to the reader is 250 ft. (75 m), and install No. 20 AWG wire if maximum distance is 500 ft. (150 m). 3. For greater distances, install "extender" or "repeater" modules recommended by manufacturer of the controller. 4. Install minimum No. 18 AWG shielded cable to readers and keypads that draw 50 mA or more. F. Install minimum No. 16 AWG cable from controller to electrically powered locks. Do not exceed 250 ft. (75 m). G. Install minimum No. 18 AWG ac power wire from transformer to controller,with a maximum distance of 25 ft. (8 m). 3.5 GROUNDING A. Comply with Item 10-24"Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems". B. Comply with IEEE 1100,"Recommended Practice for Power and Grounding Electronic Equipment." C. Ground cable shields, drain conductors, and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. D. Bond shields and drain conductors to ground at only one point in each circuit. E. Signal Ground: 1. Terminal: Locate in each equipment room and wiring closet; isolate from power system and equipment grounding. 2. Bus: Mount on wall of main equipment room with standoff insulators. 3. Backbone Cable: Extend from signal ground bus to signal ground terminal in each equipment room and wiring closet. 3.6 INSTALLATION A. Push Buttons:Where multiple push buttons are housed within a single switch enclosure,they shall be stacked vertically with each push-button switch labeled with 1/4-inch- (6.4-mm-) high text and symbols as required. Push-button switches shall be connected to the controller associated with the portal to which they are applied, and shall operate the appropriate electric strike, electric bolt, or other facility release device. B. Install card readers, keypads, push buttons, devices as shown in the project documents. C. Contractor shall program doors alarms and delays to match the existing configuration, in addition the following programming and configuration shall be performed as noted below: 1. Boarding Gate door alarms: a. Door forced alarm with a Local audible and visual alarm, and annunciate visually on the screen and audibly through the PC in the MOC. Page 255 of 258 Access Control System Replacement b. Door Held/Hold alarm when portal has been in the open status for 20 seconds shall annunciate visually on the screen and audibly through the PC in the MOC. c. Door Held/Hold when portal has been in the open status for 30 minutes shall annunciate visually on the screen and audibly through the PC in the MOC, and locally at the door with audible and visual alarm. 2. Baggage Makeup/Claim door alarms: a. Door forced alarm with a Local audible and visual alarm, and annunciate visually on the screen and audibly through the PC in the MOC. b. Door Held/Hold alarm when portal has been in the open status for 20 seconds shall annunciate visually on the screen and audibly through the PC in the MOC. c. Door Held/Hold when portal has been in the open status for 4 minutes shall annunciate visually on the screen and audibly through the PC in the MOC, and locally at the door with audible and visual alarm. D. The access control and CCTV systems shall be programmed and setup by the contractor to perform the following function: 1. On a dedicated single monitor to be identified by the Owner door access information, card holder images, and live camera views shall be displayed. a. When a card is presented at a reader the monitor shall display: 1) Door identification 2) Credential authentication status of authorized (green coloring) or unauthorized (yellow coloring) 3) Image of card holder from the card holder database 4) Live images of both sides of the associated door, contractor shall coordinate with the owner to identify what cameras are associated to which door. a) If no cameras are associated to the door then blank boxes shall be displayed. 2. On a dedicated single monitor to be identified by the Owner door alarm information, and live camera views shall be displayed. a. When a door goes into either forced alarm or held open alarm status the monitor shall display: 1) Door identification 2) Alarm status of forced (red coloring) or held open (yellow coloring) 3) Live images of both sides of the associated door, contractor shall coordinate with the owner to identify what cameras are associated to which door. a) If no cameras are associated to the door then blank boxes shall be displayed. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION Page 256 of 258 Access Control System Replacement A. In addition to requirements in this article, comply with applicable requirements in TIA/EIA 606-B. B. Using software specified in "Cable and Asset Management Software" Article, develop cable administration drawings for system identification, testing, and management. Use unique, alphanumeric designation for each cable, and label cable and jacks, connectors, and terminals to which it connects with the same designation. Use logical and systematic designations for facility's architectural arrangement. C. Label each terminal strip and screw terminal in each cabinet, rack, or panel. 1. All wiring conductors connected to terminal strips shall be individually numbered,and each cable or wiring group being extended from a panel or cabinet to a building-mounted device shall be identified with the name and number of the particular device as shown. 2. Each wire connected to building-mounted devices is not required to be numbered at the device if the color of the wire is consistent with the associated wire connected and numbered within the panel or cabinet. D. At completion,cable and asset management software shall reflect as-built conditions. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. LAN Cable Procedures: Inspect for physical damage and test each conductor signal path for continuity and shorts. Use Class 2, bidirectional, Category 5 tester. Test for faulty connectors, splices, and terminations. Test according to TIA/EIA 568-C.1, "Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standards - Part 1: General Requirements." Link performance for UTP cables must comply with minimum criteria in TIA/EIA 568-C.1. 2. Test each circuit and component of each system. Tests shall include, but are not limited to, measurements of power-supply output under maximum load, signal loop resistance, and leakage to ground where applicable. System components with battery backup shall be operated on battery power for a period of not less than 10 percent of the calculated battery operating time. Provide special equipment and software if testing requires special or dedicated equipment. 3. Operational Test: After installation of cables and connectors, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. Test each signal path for end-to-end performance from each end of all pairs installed. Remove temporary connections when tests have been satisfactorily completed. C. Devices and circuits will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.9 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to supervise and assist with startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to approved procedures that were developed in"Preparation"Article and with manufacturer's written instructions. Page 257 of 258 Access Control System Replacement 2. Enroll and prepare badges and access cards for Owner's operators, management, and security personnel. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Maintain strict security during the installation of equipment and software. Rooms housing the control station, and workstations that have been powered up shall be locked and secured with an activated burglar alarm and access-control system reporting to a central station complying with UL 1610,"Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units,"during periods when a qualified operator in the employ of Contractor is not present. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain security access system. B. Develop separate training modules for the following, and perform two (2) training session for the owners for a minimum of five (5)students;time place and shall be coordinated with the owner and all required teaching tools and computers provided by contractor: 1. Computer system administration personnel to manage and repair the LAN and databases and to update and maintain software. 2. Operators who prepare and input credentials to man the control station and workstations and to enroll personnel. 3. Security personnel. 4. Hardware maintenance personnel. 5. System Administrators 6. Corporate management. END OF SECTION 281000 Page 258 of 258 Access Control System Replacement FAA 150/5370-10G (7/21/2014) PROJECT MANUAL Access Control System Replacement Issued for Bid Augusta Regional Airport Item F-162 Chain Link Fence AIP No. 3-13-0011-041-2018 April 24,2018 F-162-259 NOTICE OF AWARD TO: JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC. PROJECT: ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT The Owner has considered the bid submitted by you for the above described WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids and Information for Bidders. You are hereby notified that your bid has been accepted for items in the amount of $649,950.00. You are required by the Invitation to Bid to execute the Contract and furnish the required Contractor's Performance and Payment Bonds within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. If you fail to execute said Contract and to furnish said bonds within fifteen (15) days from the date of this Notice, said Owner will be entitled to consider all rights arising out of the Owner's acceptance of your bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Bond. The Owner will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF AWARD to the Owner. Dated this day of , 2018 . AUGUSTA REGIONAL AIRPORT BY: TITLE: ***ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE*** Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged by this the day of , 20 BY: TITLE: CF-1 NOTICE TO PROCEED DATE: SUBJECT: NOTICE TO PROCEED PROJECT: 18-243 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT Gentlemen: You are hereby notified to commence work in accordance with the Contract, within Ten (10) calendar days following the date first written above, and you are to complete the work within One Hundred and Eighty (180) calendar days after the date of this notice. The date set for completion of all work is therefore AUGUSTA REGIONAL AIRPORT BY: TITLE: ***ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE*** Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged by this the day of , 20 TITLE: CF-2